TW200838865A - New thieno [2,3-b] pyridine compounds - Google Patents

New thieno [2,3-b] pyridine compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200838865A
TW200838865A TW096109178A TW96109178A TW200838865A TW 200838865 A TW200838865 A TW 200838865A TW 096109178 A TW096109178 A TW 096109178A TW 96109178 A TW96109178 A TW 96109178A TW 200838865 A TW200838865 A TW 200838865A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
formula
chloro
compound
phenyl
Prior art date
Application number
TW096109178A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Katalin Nogradi
Gabot Andras Wagner
Gyorgy Keseru
Attila Bielik
Tamas Gati
Viktor Hada
Janos Koti
Krisztina Gal
Monika Vastag
Amrita Agnes Bobok
Original Assignee
Richter Gedeon Nyrt
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/HU2006/000123 external-priority patent/WO2007072095A1/en
Application filed by Richter Gedeon Nyrt filed Critical Richter Gedeon Nyrt
Publication of TW200838865A publication Critical patent/TW200838865A/en

Links

Abstract

Novel compounds of formula (I) and the use thereof in the treatment of mGluR1 and mGluR5 receptor-mediated disorders wherein X represents a group selected from SO, SO2; Y represents a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; n is an integer of 0 to 1; Z is H or monosubstituted by alkyl, nitro, halogen, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, hydroxyl, alkylsulfonylamino; R1 is an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, heterocyclyl; R2 is an optionally substituted phenyl, heterocyclyl, or NR3R4 group wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group of hydrogen and an optionally substituted alkyl, or R3and R4 together with the N atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted C5-7 heterocyclyl group, containing one or more heteroatom(s), or NH-CO-NR5R6 group, wherein R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group of hydrogen and an optionally substituted alkyl, or R5 and R6 together with the N atom.

Description

200838865 (1) 九、發明說明 • 【發明所屬之技術領域】 • 本發明係關於式(I)之新穎mGluRl及mGluR5受體亞 型較佳配位體及/或其之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物, 關於彼等之製備方法,關於這些化合物之藥學組成物及彼 等在治療及/或預防需要mGluRl及mGluR5受體之調節之 病症的用途。 【先前技術】 在哺乳動物中央神經系統(CNS)中主要的興奮性神經 傳導物質爲麩胺酸鹽分子,其結合至神經元,因而活化細 胞表面受體。根據受體蛋白質之結構特徵、受體轉導訊號 至細胞之方式及藥理變化情形(profile),這些受體分成兩 種主要類別:離子通道性及代謝性麩胺酸鹽受體。 " 代謝性麩胺酸鹽受體(mGluRs)爲 G蛋白偶合性受 φ 體,其在麩胺酸鹽之結合後活化各種細胞內第二訊息系 統。在未受損傷哺乳動物神經元中mGluRs之活化誘發一 或多種下列反應:磷脂酶C之活化;肌醇磷脂(PI)水解之 增加;細胞內鈣釋放;磷脂酶D之活化;腺苷環酶之活 化或抑制;增加或降低環腺苷單磷酸(cAMP)之形成;鳥 苷醯環酶之活化;增加環鳥苷單磷酸(cGMP)之形成;磷 脂酶A2之活化;增加花生油酸之釋放;以及增加或降低 電壓閥式(voltage-gated)及配體閥式(ligand-gated)離子通 道之活性。(Trends Pharmacol · Sci., 1993, 14, 13; -6- (2) 200838865200838865 (1) IX. INSTRUCTIONS OF THE INVENTION • TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to novel ligands of the novel mGluR1 and mGluR5 receptor subtypes of the formula (I) and/or salts thereof and/or hydrated And/or solvates, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use in the treatment and/or prevention of conditions requiring modulation of the mGluR1 and mGluR5 receptors. [Prior Art] The main excitatory neurotransmitter in the mammalian central nervous system (CNS) is a glutamate molecule that binds to neurons and thus activates cell surface receptors. These receptors fall into two main categories based on the structural characteristics of the receptor protein, the way the receptor transduction signal is to the cell, and the pharmacological profile: ion channel and metabolic glutamate receptors. " Metabolic glutamate receptors (mGluRs) are G-protein-coupled φ bodies that activate a variety of intracellular second message systems after glutamate binding. Activation of mGluRs in undamaged mammalian neurons induces one or more of the following reactions: activation of phospholipase C; increased hydrolysis of inositol phospholipids (PI); intracellular calcium release; activation of phospholipase D; adenosine cyclase Activation or inhibition; increase or decrease the formation of cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP); activation of guanosine quinone cyclase; increase formation of cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP); activation of phospholipase A2; increase release of peanut oleic acid And increase or decrease the activity of voltage-gated and ligand-gated ion channels. (Trends Pharmacol · Sci., 1993, 14, 13; -6- (2) 200838865

Neurochem. Int ·,199 4, 24? 43 9; Neuropharmacology, 1995, 34, 1; Prog. N eurobiol., 1 999, 59, 55; Berl. 2 005,179,4) 〇Neurochem. Int ·, 199 4, 24? 43 9; Neuropharmacology, 1995, 34, 1; Prog. N eurobiol., 1 999, 59, 55; Berl. 2 005, 179, 4) 〇

8種mGluR亞型,名稱爲mGluRl至mGluR8,已藉 由分子選殖而加以鑑定出1994,13,1031; Neuropharmacology,1995,34, 1; J. Med· C h e m.,1995, 38, 1417)。經由某些mGluR亞型之多樣性切割型式(spliced form)之表現會有進一步受體差異性發生 (PiV/S,1 992,89, 1 03 3 1 ; BBRC,1 994, 199, 113 6 ; J. Neurosci.,1 995, 15, 3970) 〇 根據胺基酸序列同源性、受體所用第二訊息系統、及 其藥理特徵,代謝性麩胺酸鹽受體亞型可分成三類組,第 I組、第II組及第III組mGluRs。第I組mGluR包括 mGluRl、mGluR5及其多樣性切割變異體。 第I組mGluRs之生理角色建議係在於這些受體之活 化會誘發神經元興奮。證據顯示此興奮係由於突觸後 mGluRs之直接活化,但亦已建議係由於突觸後mGluRs 活化而造成神經傳導物質釋放的增加P/zarmaco/. S c i ·, 1992, 15, 92; Neurochem. Int., 1994, 24, 439;Eight mGluR subtypes, named mGluRl to mGluR8, have been identified by molecular selection 1994, 13, 1031; Neuropharmacology, 1995, 34, 1; J. Med·C he m., 1995, 38, 1417 ). Further receptor variability occurs through the spliced form of certain mGluR subtypes (PiV/S, 992, 89, 1 03 3 1 ; BBRC, 1 994, 199, 113 6; J. Neurosci., 1 995, 15, 3970) 代谢 According to the amino acid sequence homology, the second message system used by the receptor, and its pharmacological characteristics, the metabolic glutamate receptor subtypes can be divided into three groups. , Group I, Group II, and Group III mGluRs. Group I mGluR includes mGluRl, mGluR5 and its diverse cut variants. The physiological role of Group I mGluRs suggests that activation of these receptors induces neuronal excitation. Evidence suggests that this excitability is due to direct activation of postsynaptic mGluRs, but it has also been suggested to increase neurotransmitter release due to activation of postsynaptic mGluRs. P/zarmaco/. S ci ·, 1992, 15, 92; Neurochem. Int., 1994, 24, 439;

Neuropharmacology,1 9 9 5, 34, 1; Trends Pharmacol. Sc i ·, 1 9 9 4,1 5,3 3 ) ° 已指出代謝性麩胺酸鹽受體係參與哺乳動物CNS中 一些正常發展。已顯示需要活化mGluRs以誘發海馬長期 增效作用及小腦長期抑鬱1993,363,347; iVaiwre, (3) 200838865 1 994,368,740; Cell,1 994,79,3 65 ; Cell, 1 994,79, 377)。關於mGluR活化在疼痛感受及痛覺缺失上之角色 Φ Ε ^ Λ {Neuroreport, 1 993, 4, 879 ; Brain Res·, 1999, 871, 223) 〇Neuropharmacology, 1 9 9 5, 34, 1; Trends Pharmacol. Sc i ·, 1 9 9 4,1 5,3 3 ) ° It has been pointed out that metabolic glutamate is involved in some of the normal development of mammalian CNS. It has been shown that activation of mGluRs is required to induce long-term potentiation of hippocampus and long-term cerebellar depression 1993, 363, 347; iVaiwre, (3) 200838865 1 994, 368, 740; Cell, 1 994, 79, 3 65 ; Cell, 1 994, 79, 377). About the role of mGluR activation in pain perception and analgesia Φ Ε ^ Λ {Neuroreport, 1 993, 4, 879 ; Brain Res·, 1999, 871, 223) 〇

已建議第I組代謝性麩胺酸鹽受體及特別是mGluR5 係參與各種影響CNS之生理學發病過程及失調症上。這 些包括中風、頭部外傷、缺氧性及缺血性傷害、低血糖 症、癲癇、神經退化性失調症(如阿茲海默氏症)、急性及 慢性疼痛、藥物濫用及戒斷、肥胖及胃食道逆流症(GERD) {Schoepp et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 19 9 3, 14:13;Group I metabolic glutamate receptors, and in particular mGluR5, have been suggested to be involved in a variety of physiological processes and disorders affecting the CNS. These include stroke, head trauma, hypoxic and ischemic injuries, hypoglycemia, epilepsy, neurodegenerative disorders (such as Alzheimer's), acute and chronic pain, drug abuse and withdrawal, obesity And gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) {Schoepp et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 19 9 3, 14:13;

Cunningham et a l., Life Sci. 1994, 54:135; Ho liman et al., Ann. Rev. Neurosci. 19 94, 1 7:31; Pin e t al.,Cunningham et al., Life Sci. 1994, 54: 135; Ho liman et al., Ann. Rev. Neurosci. 19 94, 1 7:31; Pin e t al.,

Neuropharmacology 19 9 5, 34:1; Knopf el e t al., J. Med· C hem. 19 9 5, 38:141 7; Spoor en e t al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci· 2001,22:331; G asp ar ini et al. Curr. Opin. Pharmacol· 2 0 02, 2:43; Neugebauer Pain 2002, 98:1,SI as si et al.,Neuropharmacology 19 9 5, 34:1; Knopf el et al., J. Med·C hem. 19 9 5, 38:141 7; Spoor en et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci·2001, 22:331; G asp Ar ini et al. Curr. Opin. Pharmacol· 2 0 02, 2:43; Neugebauer Pain 2002, 98:1, SI as si et al.,

Curr Top Med Chem. 2 0 0 5; 5 (9) : 8 9 7 - 91 1 ) 〇 MGluR5_ 選擇 性化合物,如2-甲基-6-(苯基乙炔基)-吡啶("MPEP”),在 情緒失調症(包括憂鬱及抑鬱)之動物模式中係有效的 (Spooren et al. y J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2 0 0 0, 295:1267; Tatar czynska et a L, Br. J. Pharmacol. 2 0 01, 13 2:1423;Curr Top Med Chem. 2 0 0 5; 5 (9) : 8 9 7 - 91 1 ) 〇MGluR5_ Selective compound such as 2-methyl-6-(phenylethynyl)-pyridine ("MPEP") , effective in animal models of mood disorders (including depression and depression) (Spooren et al. y J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2000, 295:1267; Tatar czynska et a L, Br. J Pharmacol. 2 0 01, 13 2:1423;

Klodzynska et a l.,Pol· J · Pharmacol, 2001,132:1423、。 這些病症上之病理多數被認爲係由於CNS神經元之過多 經麩胺酸鹽誘發之興奮。基於第I組mGluRs會經由突觸 200838865 (4) 後機制及經增強之突觸前麩胺酸鹽的釋放而增加經麩胺酸 • 鹽媒介之神經元興奮,其之活化對病理上係有貢獻的。所 . 以,第I組mGluR受體之選擇性拮抗劑在治療上係有效 的,特別可用作神經保護劑、止痛劑或抗痙攣劑。 這些病症上之病理多數被認爲係由於CNS神經元之 過多經麩胺酸鹽誘發之興奮。基於第I組mGlURs(mGluRl 及mGUR5)會經由突觸後機制及經增強之突觸前麩胺酸鹽 φ 的釋放而增加經麩胺酸鹽媒介之神經元興奮,其之活化對 病理上係有貢獻的。所以,第I組mGluR受體之選擇性 拮抗劑在治療上係有效的,特別可用作神經保護劑、止痛 劑或抗痙攣劑。 國際專利申請案WO 09739000說明新穎之噻吩並吡 啶磺醯胺衍生物可用於抑制內皮素肽至ETA或ETB之結 合及彼可用於治療高血壓、心血管疾病、氣喘、眼睛疾 病、腎衰竭、傷口愈合、內毒素休克、立即式過敏及出血 # 性休克。 日本專利JP 070765 86說明呋喃並吡啶及噻吩並吡啶 作爲骨吸收抑制劑以治療骨質疏鬆。 噻吩並吡啶衍生物係用作補血藥、抗腫瘤劑及免疫刺 激劑,如JP 0705 3 5 62專利申請案所述。 根據 E. Zeinab et al· (Jrd Phrm,1992,325(5), 3 〇 1),已合成噻吩並吡啶及噻吩並嘧啶衍生物及已評估其 之黴菌毒素抑制劑活性。一些該化合物可抑制黴菌毒素及 黴菌之生長。 -9- (5) 200838865 國際專利申請案WO 02/0875 84說明噻吩並吡 ‘ 生物在亦包含環氧合酶-2抑制劑之調配物中作爲 * 原酶抑制劑。 上述文獻中並沒有宣稱或建議所述化合物在 受體具有活性。 【發明內容】 # 發明槪要 本發明係關於式⑴之新穎mGluRl及mGluR5 型較佳配位體: D定礪衍 醛糖還 mGluR 受體亞Klodzynska et al., Pol J. Pharmacol, 2001, 132: 1423,. Most of the pathology of these conditions is thought to be due to excessive glutamate-induced excitability of CNS neurons. Based on Group I mGluRs, the glutamate-salt-mediated neuronal excitation is increased via synaptic 200838865 (4) post-mechanism and enhanced presynaptic glutamate release, the activation of which is pathologically Contributed. Preferably, the selective antagonist of Group I mGluR receptor is therapeutically effective, and is particularly useful as a neuroprotective, analgesic or anti-caries agent. Most of the pathology of these conditions is thought to be due to excessive glutamate-induced excitability of CNS neurons. Based on Group I mGlURs (mGluRl and mGUR5), glutamate-mediated neuronal excitation is increased via post-synaptic mechanisms and enhanced release of presynaptic glutamate φ, which is activated on pathological lines. Contributed. Therefore, selective antagonists of Group I mGluR receptors are therapeutically effective and are particularly useful as neuroprotective, analgesic or anti-caries agents. International Patent Application WO 09739000 describes that novel thienopyridine sulfonamide derivatives are useful for inhibiting the binding of endothelin peptide to ETA or ETB and for the treatment of hypertension, cardiovascular disease, asthma, eye diseases, renal failure, wounds Healing, endotoxin shock, immediate allergies and bleeding #sexual shock. Japanese Patent JP 070765 86 describes furopyridine and thienopyridine as bone resorption inhibitors for the treatment of osteoporosis. The thienopyridine derivative is used as a blood-supplying agent, an anti-tumor agent, and an immunostimulant as described in the JP 0705 3 5 62 patent application. According to E. Zeinab et al. (Jrd Phrm, 1992, 325(5), 3 〇 1), thienopyridine and thienopyrimidine derivatives have been synthesized and their mycotoxin inhibitor activity has been evaluated. Some of these compounds inhibit the growth of mycotoxins and molds. -9- (5) 200838865 International Patent Application WO 02/0875 84 describes that thienopyridinium organisms act as *proenzyme inhibitors in formulations which also contain cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors. The above documents do not claim or suggest that the compounds are active at the receptor. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to novel ligands of the novel mGluRl and mGluR5 of formula (1): D-derivative aldose and mGluR receptor sub-

其中 X示選自so、so2之基團; Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或單次出現之烷基、硝基、鹵素、烷氧 氟甲基、氰基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲 胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、羥基、烷磺醯胺基;Wherein X is a group selected from the group consisting of so and so2; Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is a fluorene or a single occurrence of an alkyl group, a nitro group, Halogen, alkoxyfluoromethyl, cyano, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, hydroxy, alkanesulfonylamino;

Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯 雜環基; 基、三 基、烷 苯基、 -10- (6) 200838865 R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,或 ^ NR3R4基,其中R3及R4係獨立地選自氫及選擇性經 * 取代院基之基團,或113及R4與所連接之N原子一起形成 選擇性經取代C5_7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原子,或 NH-CO-NR5R6基,其中!^5及r6係獨立地選自氫及選 擇〖生經取代院基之基團,或r5及r6與所連接之N原子一* 起形成選擇性經取代C5_7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原 φ 子;及/或其水合物及/或溶劑化物及/或其與酸或鹼形成之 藥學上可接受鹽類。 本發明另一方面提供合成式(I)化合物之方法。 本發明另一方面係關於製備方法之中間物。 本發明另一方面提供藥學組成物,其包含治療上有效 量之作爲活性成份的式(I)化合物及/或其鏡像異構物及/或 外消旋物及/或非鏡像異構物及/或鹽類及/或水合物或溶劑 化物,及藥學上可接受稀釋劑、賦形劑及/或惰性載劑。 # 本發明另一方面提供式(I)化合物用於預防及/或治療 mGiuR5受體媒介之失調症的用途,該mGluR5受體媒介 之失調症特別是神經失調症、精神失調症、急性及慢性疼 痛及下尿路神經肌肉官能障礙及胃腸失調症。 本發明另一方面提供式(I)化合物用於製造用於預防 及/或治療mGluR5受體媒介之失調症之藥劑的用途,該 mGUR5受體媒介之失調症特別是神經失調症、精神失調 症、急性及慢性疼痛及下尿路神經肌肉官能障礙及胃腸失 調症。 -11 - (7) 200838865 【實施方式】 發明詳細說明 本發明係關於式(I)之新穎mGluRl及mGluR5受體亞 型較佳配位體:Ri is a selective substituted alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, a bicyclic group; a group, a triyl group, an alkylphenyl group, a-10-(6) 200838865 R2 is a selective substituted phenyl group, a heterocyclic group, Or a NR3R4 group, wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a selective substituted group, or 113 and R4 together with the attached N atom form a selectively substituted C5_7 heterocyclic group, which comprises One or more heteroatoms, or NH-CO-NR5R6 based, where! ^5 and r6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a group selected to replace the substituent, or r5 and r6 form a selective substituted C5_7 heterocyclic group with the attached N atom, which comprises one or more And a hydrate or/or solvate thereof and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof formed with an acid or a base. Another aspect of the invention provides a method of synthesizing a compound of formula (I). Another aspect of the invention pertains to intermediates in the preparation process. Another aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) as an active ingredient and/or a mirror image isomer thereof and/or a racemate and/or a non-image isomer and / or salts and / or hydrates or solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, excipients and / or inert carriers. In another aspect, the use of a compound of formula (I) for preventing and/or treating a disorder of the mGuR5 receptor vector, particularly a neurological disorder, a mental disorder, acute and chronic, is provided. Pain and lower urinary tract neuromuscular dysfunction and gastrointestinal disorders. Another aspect of the invention provides the use of a compound of formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention and/or treatment of a disorder of the mGluR5 receptor vector, in particular a neurological disorder, a mental disorder Acute and chronic pain and lower urinary tract neuromuscular dysfunction and gastrointestinal disorders. -11 - (7) 200838865 [Embodiment] DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to novel ligands of the novel mGluRl and mGluR5 receptor subtypes of formula (I):

其中 X示選自so、so2之基團; Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲〇至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或單次出現之烷基、硝基、鹵素、烷氧基、三 氟甲基、氰基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷 胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、羥基、烷磺醯胺基;Wherein X is a group selected from the group consisting of so and so2; Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 〇 to 1; Ζ is a Η or a single occurrence of an alkyl group, a nitro group, Halogen, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, hydroxy, alkanesulfonamide base;

Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; L爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,或 NR3、基,其中I及FU係獨立地選自氫及選擇性經 取代院基之基團,或1及I與所連接之N原子一起形成 迭擇性經取代Cl?雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原子,或 NH_C〇_NR5R6基,其中R5及r0係獨立地選自氫及選 -12- 200838865 (8) 擇性經取代烷基之基團,或Rs及Re與所連接之N原子— 起形成選擇性經取代C^7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原 子’及/或其水合物及/或溶劑化物及/或其與酸或鹼形成之 藥學上可接受鹽類。 本發明更佳具體例爲式(I)化合物Ri is a selectively substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl or heterocyclic group; L is a selectively substituted phenyl group, a heterocyclic group, or an NR3 group, wherein I and FU are independently selected A group derived from a hydrogen- and optionally substituted subgroup, or 1 and I together with a N atom to which they are attached, form a substituted substituted Cl? heterocyclic group containing one or more heteroatoms, or NH_C〇_NR5R6 a group wherein R5 and r0 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and an optionally substituted alkyl group, or Rs and Re are bonded to the attached N atom to form a selective substituted C^ A heterocyclic group which comprises one or more heteroatoms 'and/or hydrates and/or solvates thereof and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof formed with an acid or a base. More preferred embodiments of the invention are compounds of formula (I)

其中 X示選自so、so2之基團; Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或單次出現之烷基、硝基、鹵素、烷氧基、三 氟甲基、氰基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷 胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、羥基、烷磺醯胺基;Wherein X is a group selected from the group consisting of so and so2; Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is a fluorene or a single occurrence of an alkyl group, a nitro group, Halogen, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, hydroxy, alkanesulfonamide base;

Ri爲烷基或C3-1G環烷基,選擇性經一或多個選自如 下取代基取代:烷氧基、三氟甲基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷 胺基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、醯基胺 基、氰基、鹵素,或 苯基或聯苯基,選擇性經一或多個選自如下取代基取 代:烷基、甲氧基、三氟甲基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺 基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、醯基胺基、 -13- 200838865 (9) 烷磺醯基、烷磺醯胺基、氰基、鹵素,或 - 包含1-4個選自Ν、Ο或S之雜原子之飽和或未飽和 . 單環或雙環雜環基,如啦D定基、陸啉基、噻哩基、哌D定 基、嗎啉基(morpholyl)、四氫喹啉基、噁唑基、異噁唑 基、呋喃基噻吩、三唑基、吡咯烷環,選擇性經一或多個 如下基團取代:羥基、烷基羥基、烷基、烷氧基、三氟甲 基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基、 φ 二烷胺基甲基、醯基胺基、氰基、鹵素或酮基; R2爲苯基,選擇性經一或多個選自如下取代基取 代:烷基、甲氧基、三氟甲基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺 基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、醯基胺基、 烷磺醯基、烷磺醯胺基、氰基、鹵素,或 包含1 _4個選自Ο、N或S之雜原子之飽和或未飽和 單環或雙環C5_7雜環基,如吡啶基、喹啉基、噻唑基、 ' 哌啶基、嗎啉基(morpholyl)、四氫喹啉基、噁唑基、異噁 φ 唑基、呋喃基噻吩、三唑基、吡咯烷環,選擇性經一或多 個如下基團取代·經基、lx;基經基、院基、院氧基、三氣 甲基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲 基、二烷胺基甲基、醯基胺基、氰基、鹵素或酮基,或 NR3R4基,其中R3及R4係獨立地選自氫及烷基,該 烷基選擇性經一或多個選自如下取代基取代:烷氧基,三 氟甲基,胺基,烷胺基,二烷胺基,胺基甲基,烷胺基甲 基,二烷胺基甲基,醯基胺基,氰基,鹵素,或化3及R4 與所連接之N原子一起形成C5-7雜環基,其包含一或多 -14- 200838865 (10) 個選自〇、N或S之雜原子,其選擇性經一或多個如下基 • 團取代:羥基、烷基羥基、烷基、烷氧基、三氟甲基、胺 . 基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基、二烷胺 基甲基、醯基胺基、氰基、鹵素或酮基,或 NH-CO-NRsR6基,其中115及r6係獨立地選自氫及烷 基,該烷基選擇性經一或多個選自如下取代基取代:烷氧 基,三氟甲基,胺基,烷胺基,二烷胺基,胺基甲基,烷 胺基甲基,一院胺基甲基,醯基胺基,氰基,鹵素,或 R5及R6與所連接之N原子一起形成C5_7雜環基,其包 含一或多個選自〇、N或S之雜原子,其選擇性經一或多 個如下基團取代:羥基、烷基羥基、烷基、烷氧基、三氟 甲基、胺基、院胺基 '二院胺基、胺基甲基、院胺基甲 基、一院胺基甲基、醯基胺基、氰基、鹵素或酮基, 及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物及/或其與酸或鹼形成之藥 學上可接受鹽類。 Φ 關於Z及取代基Ri、R2、R3、R4、r5及r6,烷基係 指直鏈或支鏈之包含1至4碳原子之烷基,但當l示環 烷基除外,其中環烷基部分包含3至10碳原子。Ri is an alkyl or C3-1G cycloalkyl group, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, amine a group, an alkylaminomethyl group, a dialkylaminomethyl group, a decylamino group, a cyano group, a halogen, or a phenyl or biphenyl group, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups, Methoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, decylamino, -13- 200838865 (9 Alkanesulfonyl, alkanesulfonyl, cyano, halogen, or - saturated or unsaturated, containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from ruthenium, osmium or S. Monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic groups, such as D-based, urinyl, thioxyl, piperidinyl, morpholyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, furylthiophene, triazolyl, pyrrolidine ring, selective Substituted by one or more of the following groups: hydroxy, alkyl hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, φ dialkylaminomethyl, a mercaptoamino group, a cyano group, a halogen or a ketone group; R 2 is a phenyl group, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, alkylamino , dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, decylamino, alkanesulfonyl, alkanesulfonyl, cyano, halogen, or 1 - 4 a saturated or unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic C5_7 heterocyclic group selected from hetero atoms of hydrazine, N or S, such as pyridyl, quinolyl, thiazolyl, 'piperidinyl, morpholyl, tetrahydroquine a morphyl group, an oxazolyl group, a oxazolyl group, a furylthiophene, a triazolyl group, a pyrrolidine ring, optionally substituted by one or more of the following groups; a radical, a lx; a base, a base, a hospital Oxy, trimethyl, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, decylamino, cyano, halogen or keto Or an NR3R4 group, wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, alkylamine Dialkylamine , an aminomethyl group, an alkylaminomethyl group, a dialkylaminomethyl group, a mercaptoamino group, a cyano group, a halogen, or a combination of 3 and R 4 together with the attached N atom to form a C5-7 heterocyclic group, Containing one or more-14-200838865 (10) heteroatoms selected from hydrazine, N or S, the selectivity of which is substituted by one or more of the following groups: hydroxy, alkyl hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, Trifluoromethyl, amine., alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, decylamino, cyano, halogen or keto, or a group of NH-CO-NRsR6 wherein 115 and r6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, Alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, monoamine methyl, decylamino, cyano, halogen, or R5 and R6 together with the attached N atom form C5_7 a heterocyclic group comprising one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, N or S, optionally substituted with one or more of the following groups: hydroxy, alkyl hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl Base, amine base, hospital Amino-amino-amino-amine, aminomethyl, polyaminomethyl, monoamine methyl, decylamino, cyano, halogen or keto, and/or hydrates and/or solvates and / or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof formed with an acid or a base. Φ With respect to Z and the substituents Ri, R2, R3, R4, r5 and r6, the alkyl group means a straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, except when 1 is a cycloalkyl group, wherein a cycloalkane The base moiety contains from 3 to 10 carbon atoms.

Ri及/或R3及/或R4及/或R5及/或r6中,烷基可選 擇性經一或多個選自如下取代基取代:烷氧基、三氟甲 基、胺基、垸胺基、二院胺基、胺基甲基、院胺基甲基、 二烷胺基甲基、醯基胺基、氰基、氟基、氯基、溴基。 當Ri示環烷基時,該環烷基部分包含3至10碳原子 且可爲單環、雙環或三環基,如環己基或金剛烷基,且該 -15- 200838865 (11) 環烷基可選擇性經一或多個選自如下取代基取代:烷基、 - 甲氧基、三氟甲基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲 . 基、烷胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、醯基胺基、氰基、氟 基、氯基、漠基。 當1^及/或R2示苯基或R!示聯苯基時,該苯基或聯 苯基可選擇性經一或多個選自如下取代基取代:烷基、甲 氧基、三氟甲基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、 φ 烷胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、醯基胺基、烷磺醯基、烷磺 醯胺基、氰基、氟基、氯基、溴基。 當Ri及/或R2示(:5_7雜環基時,該雜環可爲包含1-4 個選自〇、N或S之雜原子之飽和或未飽和單環或雙環, 如吡啶基、喹啉基、噻唑基、哌啶基、嗎啉基、四氫喹啉 基、噁唑基、異噁唑基、呋喃基噻吩、三唑基、吡咯烷基 環。當包含雜原子之環的R2沒有芳族特性,其必須包含 * 至少一鹼性氮原子且該雜環基藉由該氮原子與噻吩並吡啶 φ 埠份連接。該雜環基可選擇性經一或多個如下基團取代: 羥基、烷基羥基、烷基、甲氧基、三氟甲基、胺基、烷胺 基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、 醯基胺基、氰基、氟基、氯基、溴基或酮基。 式(I)化合物可與酸形成鹽類。本發明亦關於式(I)化 合物與酸形成之鹽類’特別是與藥學上可接受之酸形成之 鹽類。既使未分開指明’式(1)化合物之意義爲自由鹼或 鹽。 有機及無機酸均可用於形成酸加成鹽類。適當無機 -16- 200838865 (12) 酸,例如,鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸及磷酸。單價有機酸之代表 • 例可爲,例如,甲酸、乙酸、丙酸及不同之丁酸、戊酸及 . 己酸。雙價有機酸之代表例可爲,例如,乙二酸、丙二 酸、順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸及丁二酸。其他有機酸亦可 爲,如羥基酸,例如檸檬酸,或芳族羧酸,例如苯甲酸或 水楊酸,以及脂族及芳族磺酸,例如甲磺酸、萘磺酸及對 甲苯磺酸。酸加成鹽類之特別有價値之類別爲其之酸本身 φ 係生理上可接受的且在所使用劑量並無治療功效或者對於 活性成份不會產生不利影響。這些酸加成鹽類係藥學上可 接受之酸加成鹽類。部不屬於藥學上可接受之酸加成鹽類 但卻在本發明內之酸加成鹽類的原因爲在給定情況下,其 於所欲化合物之純化或單離係有利的。 式(I)化合物之溶劑化物及/或水合物亦包含在本發明 之範疇內。 • 特別重要之本發明式(I)化合物示於下: Φ 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 D定, 2- (4-氯-苯亞磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 B定, 3- (4-氯-苯基)-2-(4-氟-苯磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 U定, 3- (4-氯-苯基)-2-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 啶, 4- [3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3 4]吡啶-2-磺醯基卜苯甲 -17- 200838865 (13) 腈, • 2-苯磺醯基-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶, • 3-[3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3_b]吡啶-2-磺醯基]-苯甲 腈, 3 _(4_氯-苯基)-2-(吡啶-3-磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 D定, 2- ( 丁烷-1-磺醯基)_3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 3- (4 -氯-本基)-2-(2,4· _*甲基-嚷哩-5 -礦薩基)-嚷吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶, 3-(4-氯-苯基)-2-(噻吩-2-磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 U定, 3-(4-氯-苯基)-嚷吩並[2,3-b]啦D疋-2-礦酸(4 -氯-苯基)_ 醯胺, 3-(4-氯-苯基)-2-苯基甲烷磺醯基-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 ⑩ 卩定, 2-(3-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯·苯基)·噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 D定, 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)_3-(4-氯-苯基)-6-氯-噻吩並[2,3-b] 〇比D定, 2-(3-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 D定, 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(3-氟-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 D定, -18- (14) 200838865 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-6-氟-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶, 2 -(4-氨基-本礦酸基)-3-(3-氯-本基)-嚷吩並[2,3-b ]啦 D定, 2_( 3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(3-甲基-哌啶基)-噻吩並[2,3-b ] P比D定,In Ri and/or R3 and/or R4 and/or R5 and/or r6, the alkyl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, decylamine. Base, second compound amine group, aminomethyl group, polyaminomethyl group, dialkylaminomethyl group, mercaptoamine group, cyano group, fluorine group, chlorine group, bromine group. When Ri represents a cycloalkyl group, the cycloalkyl moiety contains 3 to 10 carbon atoms and may be a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic group such as a cyclohexyl or adamantyl group, and the -15-200838865 (11) naphthenic group The group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, -methoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylamine Methyl, dialkylaminomethyl, mercaptoamine, cyano, fluoro, chloro, molybdenum. When 1^ and/or R2 represents phenyl or R! is a biphenyl group, the phenyl or biphenyl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, methoxy, trifluoro. Methyl, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, φ alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, decylamino, alkanesulfonyl, alkanesulfonylamino, Cyano, fluoro, chloro, bromo. When Ri and/or R2 represents (:5-7 heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic ring may be a saturated or unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic ring containing 1-4 hetero atoms selected from hydrazine, N or S, such as pyridyl, quinine Lolinyl, thiazolyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, furylthiophene, triazolyl, pyrrolidinyl ring. R2 when a ring containing a hetero atom Without aromatic character, it must contain at least one basic nitrogen atom and the heterocyclic group is bonded to the thienopyridine φ oxime by the nitrogen atom. The heterocyclic group may be optionally substituted by one or more of the following groups : hydroxy, alkyl hydroxy, alkyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, hydrazine Alkyl, cyano, fluoro, chloro, bromo or keto. The compound of formula (I) can form a salt with an acid. The invention also relates to a salt of a compound of formula (I) with an acid, particularly a salt formed by a pharmaceutically acceptable acid. Even if the compound of formula (1) is not separately indicated, it means a free base or a salt. Both organic and inorganic acids can be used to form an acid. Addition salts. Suitable inorganic-16-200838865 (12) Acids, for example, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid and phosphoric acid. Representative of monovalent organic acids • Examples are, for example, formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid and different butyric acid, Valeric acid and caproic acid. Representative examples of the divalent organic acid may be, for example, oxalic acid, malonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, and succinic acid. Other organic acids may also be Such as hydroxy acids, such as citric acid, or aromatic carboxylic acids, such as benzoic acid or salicylic acid, and aliphatic and aromatic sulfonic acids, such as methanesulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid. Acid addition salts The particularly valuable class is the acid itself which is physiologically acceptable and has no therapeutic effect at the dosage used or does not adversely affect the active ingredient. These acid addition salts are pharmaceutically acceptable acids. Addition salts. The reason for not being a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt but an acid addition salt in the present invention is that in a given case, it is purified or isolated from the desired compound. Favorable. Solvates and/or hydrates of the compounds of formula (I) also include Within the scope of the invention. • A particularly important compound of the formula (I) of the present invention is shown below: Φ 2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2 ,3-b]pyridin, 2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfinyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridinidine, 3- ( 4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridinium, 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(toluene- 4-sulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, 4-[3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3 4]pyridine-2-sulfonyl benzene -17- 200838865 (13) Nitrile, • 2-Benzenesulfonyl-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, • 3-[3-(4-Chloro- Phenyl)-thieno[2,3_b]pyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzonitrile, 3 _(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-thieno[ 2,3-b]pyridin, 2-(butane-1-sulfonyl)_3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-(4-chloro- Benzo)-2-(2,4· _*methyl-indol-5-minesayl)-indolo[2,3-b]pyridine, 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2 -(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridin, 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-indeno[2,3-b]la D疋-2 - mineral acid (4-chloro-phenyl)_ guanamine, 3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-phenylmethanesulfonyl-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine 10, 2-(3-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-( 4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridinium, 2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-chloro-thiophene [2,3-b] 〇 ratio D, 2-(3-fluoro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2 -(3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridin, -18- (14) 200838865 2-(4-chloro -Benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-fluoro-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(4-amino-bennic acid)-3-(3 -Chloro-bens)-Mercapto[2,3-b], D-, 2-(3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(3-methyl-piperidinyl)-thieno[ 2,3-b ] P is more than D,

2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-甲基-哌啶基)-噻吩並[2,3-b ]啦陡, 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-tolyl)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 陡, 2-(3-氨基-苯礦薩基)-3-(3-甲氧基-苯基)-嗟吩並[2,3_ b ] _ 陡, 2-(3 -甲氧基-本礦釀基)-3-(4 -氯-苯基)-嚷吩並[2,3_b] _陡, 2-(3-氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b ] H比D定, 2-(3-親-4-甲基-苯礦釀基)-3-(4 -氣·苯基)-嚷吩並[2,3_ b ] D比H定, 2-(3,4-二甲基-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氟-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶, 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氟-苯基)-6-氯-噻吩並[2,3-b ]啦陡, 2-(3 -氨基-5-氣-苯礦釀基)-3-(4-每-本基)-嚷吩並[2,3_ b ]啦卩定, -19- 200838865 (15) 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氟-苯基)-6-氟-噻吩並[2,3-b ] 口比陡, 2-(4-溴-苯磺醯基)-3- (4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 D定, 5-胺基- 2- (4-氯-本礦釀基)-3-(4-氯-本基)-嚷吩並[2,3_ b ] _ 陡, 2-(3,4-二氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]2-(3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-methyl-piperidinyl)-thieno[2,3-b], 2-(3-cyano-benzenesulfonate) 3-(4-tolyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole, 2-(3-amino-benzoinsyl)-3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-indole Phenomenon [2,3_ b ] _ steep, 2-(3-methoxy-branched)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-indeno[2,3_b] _ steep, 2- (3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]H is more than D, 2-(3-pro-4- Methyl-benzene ore-branched)-3-(4- gas-phenyl)-deutero[2,3_b]D is more than H, 2-(3,4-dimethyl-benzenesulfonyl) -3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-6- Chloro-thieno[2,3-b ], 2-(3-amino-5-gas-benzene ortho)-3-(4-per-benzyl)-嚷-[2,3_ b ]卩定, -19- 200838865 (15) 2-(3-Cyano-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-6-fluoro-thieno[2,3-b] Steep ratio, 2-(4-bromo-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridinium, 5-amino-2-(4 -Chloro-based ore-based)-3-(4-chloro-yl)-deutero[2,3_b] _ steep, 2-(3,4-dichloro-benzene Acyl) -3- (4-chloro - phenyl) - thieno [2,3-b]

2-(3-氣-4-甲基-苯礦酸基)-3-(4 -氛-苯基)-嚷吩並[2,3-b ]啦陡, 2- (3-氨基-本礦釀基)-3-(2-氯-本基)-曝吩並[2,3-b]tI比 U定, 2-(3-截基-5-親-本礦釀基)-3 -(4-氯-苯基)-6-氣-嚷吩 並[2,3-b]吡啶, 2-(3-氟-4 -甲氧基-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶, 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-甲基-哌啶基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] lit 陡, 2-(3-気基- 5-¾ -苯礦釀基)-3-(4 -甲基-脈D定基)-曝吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶, 2-(4_氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-5-氟-噻吩並[2,3-b] 口比D定, 2-(4-氯·苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-5-氯-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶, -20- (16) 200838865 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基卜4_氯-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶, 2_(4·氯-苯磺醯基)-3_(4-氯-苯基)_4_氟-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶, 5-胺基-2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-甲基-哌啶基)-噻吩並 [2,3_b]吡啶,2-(3-Ga-4-methyl-benzoic acid)-3-(4-oxo-phenyl)-indeno[2,3-b]-deep, 2-(3-amino-ben Ore-based)-3-(2-chloro-benyl)-exposed benzo[2,3-b]tI ratio U, 2-(3-tap-5-pro-mineral)-3 -(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-a-puro[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(3-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4- Chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-methyl-piperidinyl)-thieno[2,3- b] lit steep, 2-(3-indolyl-5-3⁄4-benzene ornidyl)-3-(4-methyl-a-D-based)-exposed benzo[2,3-b]pyridine, 2- (4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-fluoro-thieno[2,3-b], D, 2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonate 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-chloro-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, -20- (16) 200838865 2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3 -(4-chloro-phenyl-bu- 4-chloro-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3_(4-chloro-phenyl)_4_fluoro-thiophene And [2,3-b]pyridine, 5-amino-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-methyl-piperidinyl)-thieno[2,3_b]pyridine,

2-(3_氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(3-氟-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b ]啦Π定, 5-胺基- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(3-氟-苯基)·噻吩並[2,3- b ]呖陡, 2_(4_氯-苯磺醯基)_3_(4_甲基-哌啶基)_6_氯-噻吩並 [2,3 - b ] D比 u定, 2-(3 -氟-4-甲氧基·苯磺醯基)-3-(4_氟-苯基)-噻吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶, 2_(3-氟_4_甲氧基-苯磺醯基)_3_(3_氟-苯基)_噻吩並 [2,3 - b ] 11仕 π定, 2_( 3·氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(2-氟-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b ] U比D定, 2-(3-氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(3_氯-苯基)_噻吩並[2,3_ b ] Π比B定。 藥學調配物 本發明亦關於包含作爲活性成份之式(I)化合物及/或 其生理上可接受之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物以及一 -21 - 200838865 (17) 或多種生理上可接受之載劑的藥學組成物。 ; 式(I)化合物及/或其生理上可接受之鹽類及/或水合物 . 及/或溶劑化物可用習知方法投服,例如,口服、非經腸 (包括皮下、肌肉及靜脈)、頰、舌下、鼻、直腸、或經皮 投服,及該藥學組成物並依投服路徑而加以調整。 式(I)化合物及/或其生理上可接受之鹽類及/或水合物 及/或溶劑化物當調配成口服劑型係爲活性的,該口服劑 Φ 型可爲液態或固態,例如,糖漿、懸浮液或乳狀、片劑、 膠囊及錠劑。 式(I)化合物及/或其生理上可接受之鹽類及/或水合物 及/或溶劑化物之液態調配物通常由式(I)化合物及/或其生 理上可接受之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物之懸浮液或 溶液於適當液態載劑中所組成,該適當液態載劑例如水性 溶劑,如水及乙醇或丙三醇,或者非水性溶劑,如聚乙二 醇或油。該調配物亦可包含懸浮劑、防腐劑或染劑。 Φ 片劑之固態形式的組成物可以使用任何用於製備固態 調配物之適當藥學載劑而加以製備。固態載劑之實例包括 乳糖、白土、蔗糖、滑石、凝膠、洋菜、果膠、阿拉伯 膠、硬脂酸鎂、硬脂酸等。選擇性地,片劑可用標準水性 或非水性技術加以塗覆。 膠囊之固態形式的組成物可用常用膠囊化製程加以製 備。例如,包含活性成份之九藥可標準載劑加以製備然後 裝塡至硬凝膠膠囊內;或者,使用任何適當藥學載劑,例 如水性膠、纖維素、矽酸鹽或油,製備分散液或懸浮液, -22- 200838865 (18) 然後將分散液或懸浮液裝塡至軟凝膠膠囊內。 - 典型的非經腸組成物由式(I)化合物及/或其生理上可 . 接受之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物於無菌水性載劑或 非經腸投服可接受之油中的溶液或懸浮液所組成,該無菌 水性載劑或非經腸投服可接受之油爲,例如,聚乙二醇、 聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、卵磷脂、花生油或芝麻油。或者,該溶 液可加以凍乾,然後在投服前用適當溶劑加以重組。 φ 用於經鼻投服之包含式(I)化合物及/或其生理上可接 受之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物的本發明組成物可調 配成氣溶膠、液滴、膠體及粉末。本發明氣溶膠調配物典 型地包括式(I)化合物及/或生理上可接受之鹽類及/或水合 物及/或溶劑化物於生理上可接受之水性或非水性溶劑中 之溶液或微細懸浮液,且經常爲於密封容器內無菌形式之 單劑型或多劑型,其可爲藥匣的形式或者爲使用時用霧化 裝置之再塡充形式。或者,該密封容器可爲單一配藥裝 • 置,如單一劑量經鼻吸入器或配備計量閥之氣溶膠分配 器,其中該計量閥用於將容器內容物一次排空。若該劑型 包括氣溶膠分配器,其會包含推進劑,該推進劑可爲經壓 縮氣體,如經壓縮空氣或有機推進劑,如氟氯烴。氣溶膠 劑型亦可爲泵-霧化器之形式。 包含式(I)化合物及/或生理上可接受之鹽類及/或水合 物及/或溶劑化物之本發明組成物適用於頰或舌下投服, 其包括片劑、錠劑及錠片,其中活性成份係與阿拉伯膠、 特拉加康斯膠或凝膠、丙三醇等調配。 -23- (19) 200838865 用於經直腸投服之包含式⑴化合物及/或其生理上可 接受之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物的本發明組成物常 爲包含習知栓劑基質之栓劑形式,該栓劑基質如可可油及 其他常用於技藝中之物質。栓劑之形成合宜地係先將組成 物與經軟化或熔化之載劑混合接著在模具中冷卻及成形。2-(3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b] ladenidine, 5-amino-2-(2- 4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]呖, 2_(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)_3_(4-methyl -piperidinyl)_6_chloro-thieno[2,3 - b ] D is more than 2-, 3-(3-fluoro-4-methoxybenzosulfonyl)-3-(4-fluoro-benzene ))-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(3-fluoro-4-yl-phenylsulfonyl)_3_(3-fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b] 11 Shi π, 2_( 3 · cyano-5-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b ] U ratio D, 2-( 3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(3-chloro-phenyl)_thieno[2,3_b] Π is more than B. The present invention also relates to a compound of the formula (I) and/or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate thereof as an active ingredient, and a physiological organ or a physiological compound A pharmaceutical composition of an acceptable carrier. The compound of the formula (I) and/or its physiologically acceptable salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates may be administered by conventional methods, for example, orally, parenterally (including subcutaneous, intramuscular and intravenous). , buccal, sublingual, nasal, rectal, or transdermal administration, and the pharmaceutical composition is adjusted according to the route of administration. The compound of the formula (I) and/or its physiologically acceptable salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates are active when formulated into an oral dosage form which may be in the form of a liquid or a solid, for example, a syrup , suspensions or emulsions, tablets, capsules and lozenges. Liquid formulations of the compounds of the formula (I) and/or their physiologically acceptable salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates are generally derived from the compounds of the formula (I) and/or their physiologically acceptable salts and/or Or a suspension or solution of a hydrate and/or solvate in a suitable liquid carrier such as an aqueous solvent such as water and ethanol or glycerol, or a non-aqueous solvent such as polyethylene glycol or oil. The formulation may also contain a suspending agent, preservative or dye. The composition of the solid form of the Φ tablet can be prepared using any suitable pharmaceutical carrier for the preparation of the solid formulation. Examples of solid carriers include lactose, white clay, sucrose, talc, gelatin, amaranth, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, stearic acid and the like. Alternatively, the tablets may be coated with standard aqueous or non-aqueous techniques. The solid form of the capsule can be prepared by a conventional encapsulation process. For example, a drug containing the active ingredient can be prepared as a standard carrier and then loaded into a hard gelatin capsule; or, using any suitable pharmaceutical carrier, such as an aqueous gelatin, cellulose, citrate or oil, to prepare a dispersion or Suspension, -22- 200838865 (18) The dispersion or suspension is then placed in a soft gel capsule. - a typical parenteral composition acceptable from a compound of formula (I) and/or its physiologically acceptable salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates in a sterile aqueous carrier or parenteral administration A solution or suspension in oil, the sterile aqueous carrier or parenterally acceptable oil being, for example, polyethylene glycol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, lecithin, peanut oil or sesame oil. Alternatively, the solution can be lyophilized and then reconstituted with a suitable solvent prior to administration. φ for the nasal administration of the composition of the invention comprising the compound of the formula (I) and/or its physiologically acceptable salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates, which can be formulated into aerosols, droplets, colloids And powder. The aerosol formulations of the present invention typically comprise a solution or fine of a compound of formula (I) and/or a physiologically acceptable salt and/or hydrate and/or solvate in a physiologically acceptable aqueous or non-aqueous solvent. The suspension, and often in a single or multiple dosage form in sterile form in a sealed container, may be in the form of a medicinal sputum or in a refilled form using an atomizing device. Alternatively, the sealed container can be a single dispensing device, such as a single dose nasal inhaler or an aerosol dispenser equipped with a metering valve for emptying the contents of the container at one time. If the dosage form comprises an aerosol dispenser, it will contain a propellant which may be a compressed gas such as compressed air or an organic propellant such as a chlorofluorocarbon. The aerosol dosage form can also be in the form of a pump-atomizer. Compositions of the invention comprising a compound of formula (I) and/or a physiologically acceptable salt and/or hydrate and/or solvate are suitable for buccal or sublingual administration, including tablets, lozenges and tablets The active ingredient is formulated with gum arabic, Tragacons gum or gel, glycerin and the like. -23- (19) 200838865 The composition of the present invention comprising a compound of the formula (1) and/or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate thereof for rectal administration often comprises a conventional suppository In the form of a suppository of the matrix, the suppository base such as cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art. Preferably, the suppository is formed by first mixing the composition with a softened or melted carrier followed by cooling and shaping in a mold.

用於經皮投服之包含式(I)化合物及/或其生理上可接 受之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物的本發明組成物包括 油膏、膠體及貼布。 包含式(I)化合物及/或其生理上可接受之鹽類及/或水 合物及/或溶劑化物的本發明組成物較佳爲單位劑型的形 式,如片劑、膠囊或安瓿。 本發明用於口服之單位劑量較佳包含0.1至5〇〇mg式 (I)化合物及/或其生理上可接受之鹽類及/或水合物及/或 溶劑化物,以自由鹼計算。 本發明用於非經腸投服之單位劑量較佳包含〇.1至 5 OOmg式(I)化合物及/或其生理上可接受之鹽類及/或水合 物及/或溶劑化物,以自由鹼計算。 式(I)化合物及/或其生理上可接受之鹽類及/或水合物 及/或溶劑化物可以每日劑型之攝藥原則投服。在治療 mGluRl及mGluR5mediated媒介之失調症,如精神分裂 症、憂鬱症、抑鬱症、恐慌症、雙極性失調症、及睡眠失 調症(circadian disorder)或慢性及急性疼痛失調症,劑量 爲每天約0_01mg/kg體重至約MOmg/kg體重或者每個病 患每天約0 · 5 m g至約7 g。 -24 - 200838865 (20) 與載體物質組合以產生單一劑型之活性成份的量係視 • 所治療個體及特定之投服路徑而定。例如,用於人類口服 ^ 之調配物合宜地係包含約〇 · 5 m g至約5&活性成份’與之 組合之載劑的適當及合宜之量爲總組成物的約 5至約 95%。單位劑型通常包含約lmg至約lOOOmg活性成份, 典型地 2 5 m g、50 mg、 1 0 0 m g、2 0 Omg、250-300mg ' 400mg、 500mg、 60Omg、 800mg 或 lOOOmg 〇 φ 然而,用於任何特定病患之明確劑量係視各種因素而 定,該因素包括年紀、體重、健康狀態、性別、飮食、投 服時間、投服路徑、排泄率、藥物組合及所治療特定疾病 之嚴重性。 醫藥用途 發現到本發明式(I)化合物及/或其生理上可接受之鹽 類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物在mGluRl及mGluR5受體 呈現生物活性,且可用於治療mGluRl及mGluR5媒介之 失調症。 發現到本發明化合物或其鹽類於個別代謝性麩胺酸鹽 受體(mGluR)亞型呈現高度效力及選擇性。特別地,本發 明化合物對於mGluRl及mGluR5受體係具有效力及選擇 性。所以,預期本發明化合物可用於預防及/或治療與 mGluRl及mGluR5受體之興奮性活化有關之病症且可用 於抑制由mGluRl及mGlUR5受體之興奮性活化所造成之 神經元損傷。本發明化合物可用於產生哺乳動物(包括人 -25- (21) 200838865 類)中mGluRl及mGluR5之抑制性功效。 • 所以,預期本發明化合物係可用於預防及/或治療 . mGluRl及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症,如急性及慢性神 經及精神失調症、慢性及急性疼痛失調症及下尿路神經肌 肉官能障礙及胃腸失調症。 用於特定失調症之治療或預防所需劑量係視所治療個 體及投服路徑而定。 Φ 本發明係關於式(I)化合物,如上之定義,於治療上 之用途。 本發明係關於式(I)化合物,如上之定義,於預防及/ . 或治療mGluRl及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症的用途。 本發明係關於式(I)化合物,如上之定義,於預防及/ 或治療神經失調症的用途。 本發明係關於式(I)化合物,如上之定義,於預防及/ 或治療精神失調症的用途。 • 本發明係關於式⑴化合物,如上之定義,於預防及/ 或治療慢性及急性失調症的用途。 本發明係關於式(I)化合物,如上之定義,於預防及/ 或治療下尿路神經肌肉官能障礙及胃腸失調症的用途。 本發明係關於式(I)化合物,如上之定義,於預防及/ 或治療如下疼痛之用途:偏頭痛、發炎性疼痛、神經病性 疼痛失調症(如糖尿病神經病變、關節炎及類風濕性疾 病)、下背痛、手術後疼痛及與各種病症,包括絞痛症、 腎或贍之絞痛、經痛、偏頭痛及痛風。 -26- 200838865 (22)Compositions of the invention comprising a compound of formula (I) and/or physiologically acceptable salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates thereof for transdermal administration include ointments, gels and patches. The composition of the present invention comprising a compound of the formula (I) and/or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate is preferably in the form of a unit dosage form such as a tablet, a capsule or an ampoule. The unit dosage for oral administration of the present invention preferably comprises 0.1 to 5 mg of the compound of the formula (I) and/or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate thereof, calculated as a free base. The unit dosage for parenteral administration of the present invention preferably comprises from 1 to 500 mg of the compound of the formula (I) and/or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate thereof, freely Base calculation. The compound of the formula (I) and/or its physiologically acceptable salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates can be administered in accordance with the principle of administration of a daily dosage form. In the treatment of disorders of mGluRl and mGluR5 mediated media, such as schizophrenia, depression, depression, panic disorder, bipolar disorder, and circadian disorder or chronic and acute pain disorders, the dose is about 0_01mg per day. /kg body weight to about MOmg/kg body weight or about 0. 5 mg to about 7 g per patient per day. -24 - 200838865 (20) The amount of active ingredient combined with the carrier material to produce a single dosage form depends on the individual being treated and the particular route of administration. For example, a formulation for oral administration to humans will conveniently comprise from about 5 to about 95% of the total composition of a carrier comprising from about 5 mM to about 5 amps of active ingredient. The unit dosage form will usually contain from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg of active ingredient, typically 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 250-300 mg '400 mg, 500 mg, 60 Omg, 800 mg or 1000 mg 〇φ. The exact dose for a particular patient will depend on a variety of factors, including age, weight, state of health, sex, foraging, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, combination of drugs, and the severity of the particular condition being treated. For medical use, it has been found that the compound of the formula (I) and/or its physiologically acceptable salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the present invention exhibit biological activity at the mGluR1 and mGluR5 receptors, and can be used for the treatment of mGluRl and mGluR5 vectors. The disorder. It has been found that the compounds of the invention or salts thereof exhibit high potency and selectivity in the individual metabolic glutamate receptor (mGluR) subtypes. In particular, the compounds of the invention are potent and selective for mGluRl and mGluR5 systems. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention are expected to be useful for preventing and/or treating disorders associated with excitatory activation of the mGluR1 and mGluR5 receptors and for inhibiting neuronal damage caused by excitatory activation of the mGluR1 and mGlUR5 receptors. The compounds of the invention are useful for producing the inhibitory effects of mGluRl and mGluR5 in mammals, including human-25-(21) 200838865. • Therefore, the compounds of the invention are expected to be useful in the prevention and/or treatment of disorders of the mGluRl and mGluR5 receptor mediators, such as acute and chronic neurological and psychiatric disorders, chronic and acute pain disorders, and lower urinary tract neuromuscular dysfunction And gastrointestinal disorders. The dosage required for the treatment or prevention of a particular disorder will depend on the individual being treated and the route of administration. Φ The present invention relates to a compound of formula (I), as defined above, for therapeutic use. The present invention relates to the use of a compound of formula (I), as defined above, for the prevention and/or treatment of disorders of the mGluRl and mGluR5 receptor mediators. The invention relates to the use of a compound of formula (I), as defined above, for the prevention and/or treatment of a neurological disorder. The invention relates to the use of a compound of formula (I), as defined above, for the prevention and/or treatment of a psychotic disorder. • The invention relates to the use of a compound of formula (1), as defined above, for the prevention and/or treatment of chronic and acute disorders. The present invention relates to the use of a compound of formula (I), as defined above, for the prevention and/or treatment of lower urinary tract neuromuscular dysfunction and gastrointestinal disorders. The present invention relates to the use of a compound of formula (I), as defined above, for the prevention and/or treatment of pain: migraine, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain disorders (eg diabetic neuropathy, arthritis and rheumatoid diseases) ), lower back pain, post-operative pain and various conditions, including colic, colic, kidney or cramps, menstrual pain, migraine and gout. -26- 200838865 (22)

本發明係關於式(I)化合物,如上之定義,於預防及/ • 或治療如下病症之用途:阿茲海默氏症老年癡呆、AIDS . 誘發之癡呆帕金森氏症、肌萎縮性脊髓側索硬化症、亨丁 頓氏舞蹈症、偏頭痛、癲癇、精神分裂症、抑鬱、憂鬱、 急性憂鬱、肥胖、強迫症、眼部失調症(如視網膜病變、 糖尿病視網膜病變、靑光眼)、聽覺神經病性失調症(如耳 鳴)、化療誘發之神經病變、帶狀疱疹後神經痛及三叉神 鲁經痛、耐受症(tolerance)、依賴症(dependency)、X染色 體易脆症、自閉症、智力遲鈍、精神分裂症及唐氏症。 本發明係關於式(I)化合物,如上之定義,於預防及/ 或治療中風、頭部創傷、缺氧性及缺血性傷害、低血糖 症、心血管疾病及癲癇之用途。 本發明化合物亦適合用於治療下尿路神經肌肉官能障 礙,如尿急、膀胱過動症、頻尿、降低之排尿順服性 (reduced urinary compliance)、膀胱炎、尿失禁、遺尿及 # 排尿困難。 再者,本發明化合物亦適合用於治療胃腸道失調症, 如短暫的下食道括約肌放鬆(TLESR)、胃腸道逆流症及腸 躁症。 本發明亦關於式(I)化合物’如上之定義,於製造用 ’ 於預防及/或治療mGlxxRl及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症及 上述病症之藥劑的用途。 本發明亦提供一種預防及/或治療患有或有風險患有 mGluRl及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症及上述病症之病患 -27- 200838865 (23) 的方法,其包括至病患投服有效量之如上定義的式(I)化 • 合物。 . 在本說明書中,名稱“治療(therapy)”包括治療 (treatment)及預防,除非另有說明。名稱“治療的 (therapeutic)”名稱“治療上(therapeutically)”亦以同樣方 式解讀。 在此說明書,除非另外說明,名稱“拮抗劑”係指可部 φ 分地或完全地阻斷會導致配體反應產生之轉導路徑的化合 物。 名稱“失調症”,除非另有說明,係指任何與代謝性麩 胺酸鹽受體活性有關之病症及疾病。 製備方法 縮寫 此處所用縮寫的意義如下。除非另外說明,未示於下 φ 之縮寫具有習知之意義。 DMF N,N-二甲基甲醯胺 TEA 三乙基胺 THF 四氫呋喃 ^ DMSO 二甲基亞颯 根據本發明,一種製備式(1 a)的方法: -28- 200838865 (24)The present invention relates to a compound of the formula (I), as defined above, for the prevention and/or treatment of the following conditions: Alzheimer's disease, Alzheimer's disease, AIDS, induced dementia, Parkinson's disease, muscular atrophic spinal cord side Sclerosing, Huntington's disease, migraine, epilepsy, schizophrenia, depression, depression, acute depression, obesity, obsessive-compulsive disorder, ocular disorders (such as retinopathy, diabetic retinopathy, fluoroscopy), Auditory neuropathic disorders (such as tinnitus), chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, post-herpetic neuralgia and trigeminal dysmenorrhea, tolerance, dependence, X chromosome fragility, autism Mental retardation, schizophrenia and Down's syndrome. The present invention relates to the use of a compound of formula (I), as defined above, for the prevention and/or treatment of stroke, head trauma, hypoxic and ischemic injuries, hypoglycemia, cardiovascular disease and epilepsy. The compounds of the invention are also suitable for the treatment of neuromuscular dysfunction of the lower urinary tract such as urgency, overactive bladder, frequent urination, reduced urinary compliance, cystitis, urinary incontinence, enuresis and # dysuria . Furthermore, the compounds of the invention are also suitable for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders such as transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation (TLESR), gastrointestinal reflux, and intestinal cramps. The invention also relates to the use of a compound of formula (I) as defined above for the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention and/or treatment of disorders of the mGlxxR1 and mGluR5 receptor mediators and for the above disorders. The present invention also provides a method for preventing and/or treating a disorder having or at risk of mGluR1 and mGluR5 receptor mediators and the above-mentioned disorder, -27-200838865 (23), which includes effective administration to a patient A compound of the formula (I) as defined above. In the present specification, the name "therapy" includes treatment and prevention unless otherwise stated. The name "therapeutic" is "therapeutically" and is interpreted in the same way. In this specification, the term "antagonist", unless otherwise indicated, refers to a compound that can partially or completely block a transduction pathway that results in a ligand reaction. The term "disorder", unless otherwise indicated, refers to any condition or disease associated with metabolic glutamate receptor activity. Preparation Methods Abbreviations The meanings of the abbreviations used here are as follows. Abbreviations not shown in the lower φ have conventional meanings unless otherwise stated. DMF N,N-dimethylformamide TEA triethylamine THF tetrahydrofuran ^ DMSO dimethyl hydrazine According to the invention, a process for the preparation of formula (1 a): -28- 200838865 (24)

其中 X示選自SO、so2之基團; Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; • η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或單次出現之烷基或硝基, R!爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、# # 本基、聯苯基、 . 雜環基; , R2爲苯基,選擇性經烷基或鹵素取代; 藉由在作爲溶劑之二甲基甲醯胺中m & μ 卞甲氧化鈉的存在 下,式(III)化合物:Wherein X is a group selected from the group consisting of SO and so2; Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; • η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is a fluorene or a single occurrence of an alkyl or nitro group. , R! is optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, ##, phenyl, biphenyl; R2 is phenyl, optionally substituted by alkyl or halogen; by acting as a solvent Compound of formula (III) in the presence of m & μ 卞 sodium methoxide in dimethylformamide:

• 0 其中Α爲式(la)中R2所定義之取代基,Ζ爲Η或單 次出現之烷基或硝基, 與式(VII)化合物反應:• 0 wherein Α is a substituent defined by R 2 in formula (la), Ζ is a hydrazine or a single occurrence of an alkyl or nitro group, and is reacted with a compound of formula (VII):

HlgCH2SOYRi (VII) -29 - 200838865 (25) 其中Hlg爲氯基或溴基,Y及Ri係如上式(Ia)中所 述,或者 與式(VIII)化合物反應:HlgCH2SOYRi (VII) -29 - 200838865 (25) wherein Hlg is a chloro or bromo group, and Y and Ri are as described above in formula (Ia) or reacted with a compound of formula (VIII):

HlgCH2S〇2YR1 (VIII) 其中Hlg爲氯基或溴基,Y及Ri係如上式(la)中所 述, 製得式(la)化合物,及之後選擇性地形成式(Ia)化合 物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物(流程圖〗)。 流程圖1 Ο 0HlgCH2S〇2YR1 (VIII) wherein Hlg is a chloro or bromo group, Y and Ri are as described above in the formula (la), to obtain a compound of the formula (la), and then selectively forming a salt of the compound of the formula (Ia) And / or hydrates and / or solvates (flow chart). Flowchart 1 Ο 0

(la) a· S0C12’ Ph-A (式(VI)化合物,其中a爲式(la)中 R2所疋我之取代基),催化量dmF,80- 1 3 0°C,2-3小 時; b· A1CM3,8〇43(rc,5 8 小時; C•硫脲,水7乙醇,回流,20-24小時; -30- (26) 200838865 d. HlgCH2SOYRi M HlgdSC^YRi(分別爲式(VII)及 式(VIII)化合物,其中 Hlg爲氯基或溴基),NaOCH3, DMF,7 0 - 1 5 0 °C,2-6 小時。 醯基氯係從適當2-氯-菸鹼酸或5-硝基-2-氯菸鹼酸藉 由亞硫醯氯與適當4-單取代苯衍生物在A1C13之存在下反 應而製得。該反應經由適用於Friedel-Crafts反應之習知 方法使用適當苯衍生物爲溶劑而進行之。(la) a·S0C12' Ph-A (compound of formula (VI), wherein a is a substituent of R2 in formula (la)), catalytic amount dmF, 80-1 30 ° C, 2-3 hours b· A1CM3, 8〇43 (rc, 5 8 hours; C• thiourea, water 7 ethanol, reflux, 20-24 hours; -30- (26) 200838865 d. HlgCH2SOYRi M HlgdSC^YRi (respectively VII) and a compound of formula (VIII) wherein Hlg is chloro or bromo), NaOCH3, DMF, 70-150 ° C, 2-6 hours. Mercapto chloride from appropriate 2-chloro-nicotinic acid Or 5-nitro-2-chloronicotinic acid is prepared by reacting sulfinium chloride with a suitable 4-monosubstituted benzene derivative in the presence of A1C13. The reaction is via a conventional method suitable for Friedel-Crafts reaction. This is carried out using a suitable benzene derivative as a solvent.

產物(II)經由結晶純化及根據J. Katritzky方法(參 見 J. &C·, 1 95 8, 3 6 1 0)在水及乙醇之混合物中於 回流下與硫脲反應。所得式(III)化合物爲結晶形式。 S-院基化及環閉合係以 F.Guerrera之方法(Farmaco Ed· Sci,,1 976,31,21)進行。 式(III)化合物與不同之鹵甲基亞颯、鹵甲基颯或鹵甲 基磺醯胺衍生物在鹼(如NaOMe、Cs2C〇3或KOH)之存在 下反應。 鹵甲基亞礪衍生物可用 G. Letts et al.之方法 (J· Mec/. Chm·,2003,465)從適當鹵甲基硫化物與間-氯-過苯 甲酸而製得。 鹵甲基楓衍生物可購得或者用已知方法,如Y. Yinfa et al. (Synth. C o mm un., 20 04, 34, 1 3? 2443) ?加以合成。 鹵甲基磺醯胺衍生物可用如K · W o j c i e c h o w s k i e t a 1. 之方法200 1,57,5009)製得。 根據本發明,——種製備式(lb)化合物之方法: -31 - 200838865 (27)The product (II) is purified by crystallization and reacted with thiourea under reflux in a mixture of water and ethanol according to the J. Katritzky method (see J. & C., 1 95 8, 3 6 1 0). The resulting compound of formula (III) is in crystalline form. S-hoofing and ring closure were carried out by the method of F. Guerrera (Farmaco Ed Sci, 1 976, 31, 21). The compound of the formula (III) is reacted with a different halomethylhydrazine, halomethylguanidine or halomethylsulfonamide derivative in the presence of a base such as NaOMe, Cs2C〇3 or KOH. The halomethyl hydrazine derivative can be obtained from the appropriate halomethyl sulfide and m-chloro-perbenzoic acid by the method of G. Letts et al. (J. Mec/. Chm., 2003, 465). The halomethyl maple derivative is commercially available or can be synthesized by a known method such as Y. Yinfa et al. (Synth. C o mm un., 20 04, 34, 1 3? 2443). The halomethylsulfonamide derivative can be obtained by the method 200, 57, 5009) of K · W o j c i e c h o w s k i e t a 1. According to the invention, a method for preparing a compound of formula (lb): -31 - 200838865 (27)

X \ Y—Ri 其中 x 示 so、so2 ; Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; n爲〇至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或院基; R!爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; R2爲苯基或芳族雜環基,選擇性經一或多個選自如 下取代基取代:烷基、烷氧基、三氟甲基、胺基、院胺 基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、 醯基胺基、氰基、氟基、氯基、溴基、經基、甲基磺隨 基, 藉由在作爲溶劑之二甲基甲醯胺中甲氧化鈉的存在 下,式(XI)化合物:X \ Y—Ri where x is a so, so2; Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; n is an integer from 〇 to 1; Ζ is a fluorene or a hospital; R! is a selective substitution An alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a heterocyclic group; R 2 is a phenyl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, Trifluoromethyl, amine, amphoteric, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, decylamino, cyano, fluoro, chloro, bromo a compound of the formula (XI): in the presence of sodium methoxide in the dimethylformamide as a solvent:

-32- (XI) 200838865 (28) 與式(VII)化合物反應:-32- (XI) 200838865 (28) Reacts with the compound of formula (VII):

HlgCH2SOYRi (VII) 其中Hlg爲氯基或溴基,γ及係如上式(Ib)中所 述,或者 與式(VIII)化合物反應:HlgCH2SOYRi (VII) wherein Hlg is a chloro or bromo group, γ is as described above in formula (Ib), or is reacted with a compound of formula (VIII):

HlgCH2S02YRi (VIII) 其中η 1 g爲氯基或溴基,γ及R1係如上式(1 b)中所 述,以及 使所製得式(IV)化合物=HlgCH2S02YRi (VIII) wherein η 1 g is a chloro or bromo group, γ and R1 are as described above in the formula (1 b), and the compound of the formula (IV) is prepared =

X \ Y-Ri 其中1^係如上式(lb)中所述, 與乙腈中之溴化銅(Π)及亞硝酸第三丁酯反應;以及 在溶劑中於鹼及觸媒之存在下,使所製得式(V)化合X \ Y-Ri wherein 1^ is reacted with copper bromide (Π) and butyl nitrite in acetonitrile as described in the above formula (lb); and in the presence of a base and a catalyst in a solvent, Combine the prepared formula (V)

-33- 200838865 (29) 其中Rl係如上式(lb)中所述, . 與式(IX)化合物反應·· R2-B(OH)2 • (IX) 其中R2係如上式(lb)中所述, 製得式(lb)化合物,及之後選擇性地形成式(lb)化合 物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物(流程圖2)。 ® 流程圖2-33- 200838865 (29) wherein R1 is as described in the above formula (lb), reacting with a compound of formula (IX) · R2-B(OH)2 • (IX) wherein R2 is as in formula (lb) above Said, a compound of formula (lb), and subsequently a salt and/or hydrate and/or solvate of the compound of formula (lb) are selectively formed (Scheme 2). ® Flowchart 2

a· HlgCHdOYRi 或 HlgCHdC^YRi (分別爲式(VII) 及式(VIII)化合物,其中Hlg爲氯基或溴基),DMF或丁 醇,7 0 - 1 5 0 〇C,1 3 小時; b. CuBr2,亞硝酸第三 丁酯,CH3CN,6〇-80°C,1-3 小時; c, R2-B(OH)2 (式(IX)化合物,其中R2係如上式(lb) 中之定義,Na2C03,乙醇-甲苯,或二甲氧基乙烷, pd(PPh3)4,1-5 小時,20-ll〇t:; 式(IV)化合物係從2_氫硫基-菸鹼甲腈及對應之式 -34- 200838865 (30) (VIII)鹵甲基-颯化合物經由F.Guerrera之方法(i^armae(? £义5Ή.,1 976, 3 1,21)而加以製備。 所製得式(IV)之胺基-噻吩並吡啶衍生物經由述於文 獻 H.C.Wals(如 1 98 8,44,592 1 )之類似方法 轉變成適當式(V)之溴衍生物。反應在乙腈中使用亞硝酸 第三丁酯或亞硝酸異戊酯及Cu(II)鹽(如CuBr2)在60-80°C 溫度間進行。 式(lb)化合物係藉由Suzuki偶合反應之習知方法使用 適當硼酸或硼酸酯、鹼及鈀觸媒(述於如A· Suzuki & H. C Brown: Organzc i/ze5*es Vol.1-3)而加以合 成。 根據本發明,一種製備式(Ic)化合物的方法:a· HlgCHdOYRi or HlgCHdC^YRi (compounds of formula (VII) and formula (VIII), respectively, wherein Hlg is chloro or bromo), DMF or butanol, 70-150 〇C, 13 hours; b CuBr2, tert-butyl nitrite, CH3CN, 6〇-80°C, 1-3 hours; c, R2-B(OH)2 (compound of formula (IX), wherein R2 is in the above formula (lb) Definition, Na2C03, ethanol-toluene, or dimethoxyethane, pd(PPh3) 4, 1-5 hours, 20-ll〇t:; The compound of formula (IV) is derived from 2-hydrothio-nicotine A Nitrile and corresponding formula -34- 200838865 (30) (VIII) The halomethyl-oxime compound is prepared by the method of F. Guerrera (i^armae (? £, 5,., 1, 976, 3 1, 21). The amine-thienopyridine derivative of the formula (IV) thus obtained is converted into a bromine derivative of the formula (V) by a similar method described in the document HCWals (e.g., 1 98 8, 44, 592 1). The use of butyl nitrite or isoamyl nitrite and Cu(II) salt (such as CuBr2) in acetonitrile is carried out at a temperature of 60-80 ° C. The compound of formula (lb) is a conventional method by Suzuki coupling reaction. Use appropriate boric acid or borate, base and palladium catalyst (described in A) · Suzuki & H. C Brown: Organzc i/ze5*es Vol. 1-3). According to the present invention, a method for preparing a compound of the formula (Ic):

其中 X 示 S〇2 ; Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或烷基;Wherein X represents S〇2; Y represents a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is Η or alkyl;

Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; -35- (31) 200838865 R2爲NRsR4,其中Rs及r4係獨立地選自氫及選擇性 經取代烷基之基團,或R3及r4與所連接之N原子一起形 成^擇〖生經取代C5-7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原子, 藉由式(V)化合物:Ri is a selective substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, heterocyclic group; -35- (31) 200838865 R2 is NRsR4, wherein Rs and r4 are independently selected from hydrogen and selectively substituted A group of alkyl groups, or R3 and r4, together with the N atom to which they are attached, form a substituted C5-7 heterocyclic group containing one or more heteroatoms, by a compound of formula (V):

Y—Rj (V) 其中1係如上式(Ic)中所述, 與式(XVI)化合物反應: HNR3R4 (XVI) 其中R3及R4係如上式(Ic)中所述, 製得式(1〇化合物,及之後選擇性地形成式(lc〇ft # 物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物(流程圖3) ° 流程圖3Y-Rj (V) wherein 1 is reacted with a compound of the formula (XVI) as described in the above formula (Ic): HNR3R4 (XVI) wherein R3 and R4 are as described in the above formula (Ic), and a formula (1〇) is obtained. a compound, and then selectively forms a salt of the formula lc〇ft# and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate (flowchart 3) ° Flowchart 3

a. HNR3R4,70-200〇C,a. HNR3R4, 70-200〇C,

(Ic) 小時,乙腈或 DMF或微 -36- 200838865 (32) 波輔助之反應。 • 上述反應經由 Kirscli.G.(reira/^i/ron 55,27,7P99, . 65/7)之簡易方法進行。對應溴化合物(V)有利地與適當 胺(HNR3R4)在適當溶劑(乙腈,DMF或水)於70-200°C溫度 加熱。在特定情況下,密封管或微波輔助之反應及更高溫 度係用於該製備。 根據本發明,一種製備式(Id)化合物之方法: ❿(Ic) hours, acetonitrile or DMF or micro-36-200838865 (32) wave-assisted reaction. • The above reaction was carried out by a simple method of Kirscli. G. (reira/^i/ron 55, 27, 7P99, . 65/7). The corresponding bromine compound (V) is advantageously heated with an appropriate amine (HNR3R4) in a suitable solvent (acetonitrile, DMF or water) at a temperature of from 70 to 200 °C. In certain cases, sealed tubes or microwave assisted reactions and higher temperatures are used in this preparation. According to the invention, a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Id):

其中 X 示 so2 ; Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或烷基;Wherein X represents so2; Y represents a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is Η or alkyl;

Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; R2爲1<[11-(^04113114基,其中及R6係獨立地選自 氫或選擇性經取代院基之基團,或R3及R4與所連接之N 原子一起形成選擇性經取代c5_7雜環基,其包含一或多 個雜原子, 藉由在光氣或二光氣及驗之存在下,式(IV)化合物: -37- 200838865 (33)Ri is a selectively substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, heterocyclic group; R 2 is 1 < [11-(^04113114, wherein R6 is independently selected from hydrogen or selectively substituted a radical group, or R3 and R4, together with the N atom to which they are attached, form a selectively substituted c5_7 heterocyclyl group containing one or more heteroatoms, in the presence of phosgene or diphosgene , compound of formula (IV): -37- 200838865 (33)

其中R i係如上式(I d )中所述, 與式(XIII)化合物反應:Wherein R i is reacted with a compound of formula (XIII) as described above in formula (I d ):

HNR3R4 (XIII) 其中R3及R4係如上式(Id)中所述, 製得式(Id)化合物,及之後選擇性形成式(Id)化合物 之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物(流程圖4)。HNR3R4 (XIII) wherein R3 and R4 are as described in the above formula (Id), to obtain a compound of the formula (Id), and thereafter a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate which selectively form a compound of the formula (Id) ( Flow chart 4).

(Id) b.光氣或三光氣,NHR3R4 (式(XIII)化合物),鹼, (_)5°C-室溫 製備式(Id)化合物之方法係在原處將式(IV)之胺轉變 成異氰酸鹽衍生物及使後者與式(XIII)之胺反應。上述反 應可用習知方法進行。將胺(IV)轉變成其異氰酸鹽衍生物 係在原處於非質子溶劑(如四氫呋喃、氯化烴)中使用適當 碳酸衍生物(如光氣或三光氣)於鹼(如三乙胺)中進行,有 -38- 200838865 (34) 利地在-5 °C與室溫間之溫度進行。 ^ 根據本發明,——種製備式(Ie)化合物之方法:(Id) b. phosgene or triphosgene, NHR3R4 (compound of formula (XIII)), base, (_) 5 ° C - room temperature The method of preparing the compound of formula (Id) is to convert the amine of formula (IV) in situ. The isocyanate derivative is formed and the latter is reacted with an amine of the formula (XIII). The above reaction can be carried out by a conventional method. Conversion of the amine (IV) to its isocyanate derivative is carried out in an aprotic solvent (such as tetrahydrofuran, chlorinated hydrocarbon) using a suitable carbonic acid derivative (such as phosgene or triphosgene) in a base such as triethylamine. In progress, there is -38- 200838865 (34) The temperature is carried out at a temperature between -5 °C and room temperature. ^ According to the invention, a method for preparing a compound of the formula (Ie):

其中 X示選自SO、S02之基團; γ示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲胺基、烷磺醯胺基、鹵素;Wherein X is a group selected from the group consisting of SO and S02; γ is a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer of 0 to 1; hydrazine is an amine group, alkanesulfonylamino group, halogen;

Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基;Ri is a selective substituted alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a heterocyclic group;

R2爲苯基,選擇性經烷基或鹵素取代; 藉由式(la)化合物:R 2 is phenyl, optionally substituted by alkyl or halogen; by compound of formula (la):

X \ Y—Ri 其中 X示選自SO、S02之基團; -39 - 200838865 (35) Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; n爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲硝基; I爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基 雜環基; R2爲苯基,選擇性經烷基或鹵素取代, 與適當還原劑反應,製得式(Ie)化合物X \ Y -Ri wherein X is a group selected from SO, S02; -39 - 200838865 (35) Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; n is an integer from 0 to 1; Nitra; I is a selective substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl heterocyclyl; R2 is a phenyl group, optionally substituted by an alkyl group or a halogen, and reacted with a suitable reducing agent to prepare a formula ( Ie) compound

其中Z爲胺基;X、Y、n、Ri及r2係如上式(Ie)所 述,及之後選擇性地形成所製得胺基衍生物之鹽類及/或 水合物及/或溶劑化物,或 a. 選擇性地使所製得式(Ie)胺基衍生物(其中z爲 胺基;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(le)所述)與亞硝酸鈉 於鹽酸及碘化銅(I)或氯化銅(I)或溴化銅(I)或四氟硼酸鈉 之存在下反應,製得式(Ie)化合物(其中Z爲鹵素;X、 Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ie)所述),及之後選擇性地形 成所製得式(Ie)鹵素衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑 化物,或 b. 選擇性地使所製得式(Ie)胺基衍生物(其中Z爲 胺基;X、Y、η、R!及R2係如上式(Ie)所述)與烷基磺醯 -40 - 200838865 (36) 氯衍生物反應,製得式(Ie)化合物(其中Z爲烷磺醯胺 - 基;X、Y、n、Ri及R2係如上式(Ie)所述),及之後選擇 . 性地形成所製得式(Ie)烷磺醯胺基衍生物之鹽類及/或水合 物及/或溶劑化物(流程圖5)。Wherein Z is an amine group; and X, Y, n, Ri and r2 are as described above for the formula (Ie), and thereafter selectively forming a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the obtained amine derivative. Or a. selectively producing the amine derivative of the formula (Ie) (wherein z is an amine group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as defined in the above formula (le)) and sodium nitrite in hydrochloric acid And reacting with copper (I) iodide or copper (I) chloride or copper (I) bromide or sodium tetrafluoroborate to obtain a compound of the formula (Ie) wherein Z is a halogen; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as defined in the above formula (Ie)), and then selectively form salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the halogen derivative of the formula (Ie) obtained, or b. selectively An amine derivative of the formula (Ie) (wherein Z is an amine group; X, Y, η, R! and R2 are as defined in the above formula (Ie)) and an alkylsulfonium-40 - 200838865 (36) chlorine The derivative is reacted to obtain a compound of the formula (Ie) (wherein Z is alkanesulfonamide-based; X, Y, n, Ri and R2 are as defined in the above formula (Ie)), and then selected. Salts and/or hydrates of the alkylenesulfonylamino derivatives of the formula (Ie) And / or solvate (flow chart 5).

流程圖flow chart

Y—Ri b cY-Ri b c

Y-Ri a. SnCl2 或 Fe 粉末 / HC1 b. NaN02,濃 HC1,Cu(I)I 或 Cn(I)Cl 或 Cu(I)Br 或 NaBF4; c.烷基 S02C1,鹼,0-80°C;Y-Ri a. SnCl2 or Fe powder / HC1 b. NaN02, concentrated HC1, Cu(I)I or Cn(I)Cl or Cu(I)Br or NaBF4; c. alkyl S02C1, base, 0-80° C;

式(la)化合物(其中Z爲硝基;X、Y、n、Ri及R2係 如上式(Ie)所述)係用作製備對應式(Ie)之5-經取代噻吩並 吡啶的起始物。 示於流程圖5之適當硝基化合物係選擇性地加以還 原,如經由 F.D. Bellamy 之方法{Tetrahedron Lett. f 2 5, W,1984 )用於乙酸乙酯中之氯化亞錫並加熱,或者經由 述於如下文獻之方法使用鐵與HC1之組合:Org·A compound of the formula (la) wherein Z is a nitro group; X, Y, n, Ri and R2 are as defined in the above formula (Ie) is used as a starting point for the preparation of the 5-substituted thienopyridine of the formula (Ie) Things. The appropriate nitro compound shown in Scheme 5 is selectively reduced, such as by FD Bellamy's method {Tetrahedron Lett. f 2 5, W, 1984) for stannous chloride in ethyl acetate and heated, or The combination of iron and HC1 is used by the method described in the following literature: Org·

Co//,5,3 M,1 9 73 。此反應製得式(Ie)化合物(其中Z爲 胺基;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ie)所述),其選擇性 地經由It〇,S. et al.之後的習知Sandmeyer化學技術加 以重氮化(Bull · C hem. So c. Jpn ., 4 9,1 9 2 0, \ 97 6、。該 -41 - 200838865 (37) 反應使用濃鹽酸中之亞硝酸鈉於碘化銅(I)或氯化銅(I)或 溴化銅(I)之存在下進行,有利地在(-)5-( + 5)°C之溫度進 行。在製備對應氟化合物之情況下,在相同溫度下使用四 氟硼酸鈉製得芳基重氮鹽,該鹽加熱至1 60-200°C而被分 解。 藉由此製備方法,製得式(Ie)鹵素衍生物(其中Z爲鹵 素;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ie)所述)。 或者,式(Ie)化合物(其中Z爲胺基;X、Y、η、I及 R2係如上式(Ie)所述)轉變成磺醯胺衍生物。該反應藉由 使用對應磺醯氯於適當鹼(如吡啶或三乙胺)之存在下在0-80°C溫度下進行。 根據本發明,一種製備式(If)化合物之方法:Co//, 5, 3 M, 1 9 73 . This reaction produces a compound of the formula (Ie) wherein Z is an amine group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described above for the formula (Ie), which is optionally via It〇, after S. et al. Conventional Sandmeyer chemistry techniques for diazotization (Bull · C hem. So c. Jpn ., 4 9,1 9 2 0, \ 97 6. The -41 - 200838865 (37) reaction using concentrated nitrous acid in hydrochloric acid Sodium is carried out in the presence of copper (I) iodide or copper (I) chloride or copper (I) bromide, advantageously at a temperature of (-) 5 - ( + 5) ° C. In the preparation of the corresponding fluorine compound In this case, an aryl diazonium salt is obtained by using sodium tetrafluoroborate at the same temperature, and the salt is decomposed by heating to 1600-200 ° C. By the preparation method, a halogen derivative of the formula (Ie) is obtained. (wherein Z is a halogen; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as defined in the above formula (Ie).) Alternatively, a compound of the formula (Ie) wherein Z is an amine group; X, Y, η, I and R2 are as defined above Conversion of the formula (Ie) to a sulfonamide derivative is carried out by using the corresponding sulfonium chloride in the presence of a suitable base such as pyridine or triethylamine at a temperature of from 0 to 80 ° C. Invention, a preparation formula (If) Method The compound:

其中 X 示 S〇2 ; γ示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲胺基、烷磺醯胺基、鹵素;Wherein X represents S〇2; γ represents a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is an amine group, alkanesulfonylamino group, halogen;

Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 -42- 200838865 (38) 雜環基; • R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基、或NR3R4基,其 • 中R3及L係獨立地選自氫或選擇性經取代烷基之基團, 或I及R4與所連接之N原子一起形成選擇性經取代c5_: 雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原子, 藉由式(v)化合物··Ri is a selective substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, -42-200838865 (38) heterocyclic group; • R2 is a selective substituted phenyl group, a heterocyclic group, or an NR3R4 group, • The R3 and L groups are independently selected from hydrogen or a selectively substituted alkyl group, or I and R4 together with the attached N atom form a selective substituted c5_: heterocyclic group containing one or more Heteroatom, by formula (v) compound··

» 其中R1及Y係如上述式(I f)中所述, 與適當氧化劑反應,及使所製得式(X)之N-氧化物衍 . 生物:» wherein R1 and Y are as described in the above formula (I f), reacted with an appropriate oxidizing agent, and the N-oxide derived from the formula (X) is obtained.

# Br 其中R!及Y係如上述式(If)中所述, 與硝酸於乙酸中之水溶液反應,之後使所製得式(XI) 硝基衍生物: -43- 200838865# Br wherein R! and Y are reacted with an aqueous solution of nitric acid in acetic acid as described in the above formula (If), and then the obtained nitro derivative of the formula (XI): -43- 200838865

其中Ri及Y係如上述式(If)中所述, (XII)胺基衍生 與適當還原劑反應,及使所製得式Wherein Ri and Y are as described in the above formula (If), the (XII) amine group is derivatized with a suitable reducing agent, and the resulting formula is prepared.

物:Object:

其中Ri及Y係如上述式(If)中所述, a· 與式(IX)化合物在鹼及觸媒之存 R2_B(OH)2 (IX) 其中R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環a 合物(其中z爲胺基;R2爲選擇性經取代 Y及Ri係如上述式(If)中所述),及之後 製得式胺基衍生物之鹽類及/或水合 物,及 下於溶劑中反 ‘,製得式(If)化 苯基、雜環基, 選擇性地形成所 物及/或溶劑化 -44- 200838865 (40) (i) 選擇性地,所製得式(If)胺基衍生物(其中Z爲胺 基;R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,Y及Ri係如上述 式(If)中所述)與亞硝酸鈉於鹽酸及碘化銅(I)或氯化銅(I) 或溴化銅(I)或四氟硼酸鈉之存在下反應,製得式(If)化合 物(其中Z爲鹵素;R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,γ 及Ri係如上述式(If)中所述),及之後選擇性地形成所製 得式(I f)鹵素衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物, 或 (ii) 選擇性地,所製得式(If)胺基衍生物(其中Z爲胺 基;R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,Y及Ri係如上述 式(If)中所述)與烷磺醯基氯衍生物反應,製得式(If)化合 物,及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(If)烷磺醯胺基衍生物 之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物,或 b.與式(XIII)化合物於70-200°C下反應·· NHR3R4 (ΧΠΙ) 其中R3及R4係如上述式(If)中所述,製得式(If)化合 物(其中Z爲胺基;Y、Ri及爲NR3R4基之R2係如上述式 (If)中所述),及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(If)胺基衍生 物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物,或 (i)選擇性地,所製得式(If)胺基衍生物(其中Z爲胺 基;Y、Ri及爲NR3R4基之R2係如上述式(If)中所述)與 亞銷酸鈉於鹽酸及碘化銅(I)或氯化銅(I)或溴化銅(I)或四 氟硼酸鈉之存在下反應,製得式(If)化合物(其中Z爲鹵 素;Y、Ri及爲NR3R4基之R2係如上述式(If)中所述), -45- 200838865 (41) 及之後選擇性地形成式(If)鹵素衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物 及/或溶劑化物,或 (i i)選擇性地,所製得胺基衍生物(其中Z爲胺基; Y、Ri及爲NR3;FU基之R2係如上述式(If)中所述)與院磺 醯基氯衍生物反應,製得式(I f)化合物(其中Z烷磺醯胺 基;Y、Ri及爲NR3R4基之R2係如上述式(if)中所述), 及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(If)烷磺醯胺基衍生物之鹽 類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物(流程圖6)。Wherein Ri and Y are as described in the above formula (If), a· and the compound of the formula (IX) are present in the base and the catalyst R2_B(OH)2 (IX) wherein R2 is a selective substituted phenyl group or a heterocyclic ring a compound (wherein z is an amine group; R2 is a selective substituted Y and Ri is as described in the above formula (If)), and thereafter a salt and/or a hydrate of the amine derivative of the formula, and Substituting in a solvent to obtain a phenyl group or a heterocyclic group, which is selectively formed and/or solvated - 44- 200838865 (40) (i) selectively, prepared (If) an amino derivative (wherein Z is an amine group; R 2 is a selectively substituted phenyl group, a heterocyclic group, Y and Ri are as described in the above formula (If)), and sodium nitrite is hydrochloric acid and iodinated Reaction of copper (I) or copper (I) chloride or copper (I) bromide or sodium tetrafluoroborate to obtain a compound of the formula (If) wherein Z is a halogen; R 2 is a selective substituted phenyl group, a heterocyclic group, γ and Ri are as described in the above formula (If), and then selectively form a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the halogen derivative of the formula (I f) obtained, Or (ii) selectively, prepared If) an amino derivative (wherein Z is an amine group; R 2 is a selectively substituted phenyl group, a heterocyclic group, and Y and Ri are as described in the above formula (If)), and an alkanesulfonyl chloride derivative is reacted, Producing a compound of the formula (If), and then selectively forming a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the alkanesulfonylamino derivative of the formula (If), or b. and formula (XIII) The compound is reacted at 70-200 ° C··········· The R2 group is as described in the above formula (If), and thereafter selectively forms a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the obtained amine derivative of the formula (If), or (i) Optionally, the amine derivative of the formula (If) is prepared (wherein Z is an amine group; Y, Ri and the R2 group of the NR3R4 group are as described in the above formula (If)) and sodium sulfite in hydrochloric acid and The reaction of copper (I) or copper (I) chloride or copper (I) bromide or sodium tetrafluoroborate to obtain a compound of the formula (If) wherein Z is a halogen; Y, Ri and NR3R4 are R2 is as described in the above formula (If), -45- 200838865 (41) and thereafter selectively forming a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of a halogen derivative of the formula (If), or (ii) selectively producing an amine derivative ( Wherein Z is an amine group; Y, Ri and is NR3; and the FU group of R2 is as described in the above formula (If)) is reacted with a sulfonyl chloride derivative to obtain a compound of the formula (If) (wherein the Z alkane) Sulfonamide; Y, Ri and R2 of the NR3R4 group are as described in the above formula (if), and then selectively form salts of the obtained alkanesulfonylamino derivative of the formula (If) and / or hydrate and / or solvate (flow chart 6).

流程圖6Flow chart 6

a. 3-氯-過氧基苯甲酸,〇°C-室溫,CHC13,1-3天, b HN〇3-乙酸水溶液,1 00- 1 3 0 °C,2-10 小時, c SnCl2或Fe粉末,乙酸乙酯或濃HC1, d R2-B(OH)2(式(IX)化合物,其中R2爲選擇性經 取代苯基、雜環基);Na2C〇3,乙醇,甲苯或二甲氧基乙 烷,Pd(PPh3)4, 1 5 小時,2 0 -1 1 0 〇C, -46- 200838865 (42) e· NHR3R4(式(XIII)化合物,其中R3及R4係如上 述式(If)中所述),70-200°C,1 - 5小時,乙腈或DMF, f NaN02,濃 HC1,Cu(I)I 或 Cu(I)Cl 或 Cu(I)Br 或 NaBF4 ,a. 3-Chloro-peroxybenzoic acid, 〇°C-room temperature, CHC13, 1-3 days, b HN〇3-acetic acid aqueous solution, 1 00- 1 30 ° C, 2-10 hours, c SnCl2 Or Fe powder, ethyl acetate or concentrated HC1, d R2-B(OH)2 (compound of formula (IX) wherein R2 is a selective substituted phenyl, heterocyclic group); Na2C〇3, ethanol, toluene or two Methoxyethane, Pd(PPh3)4, 1 5 hours, 2 0 -1 1 0 〇C, -46- 200838865 (42) e· NHR3R4 (a compound of formula (XIII), wherein R3 and R4 are as defined above (If)), 70-200 ° C, 1-5 hours, acetonitrile or DMF, f NaN02, concentrated HC1, Cu(I)I or Cu(I)Cl or Cu(I)Br or NaBF4,

g 烷基 S02C1,鹼,0-80°Cg alkyl S02C1, base, 0-80 ° C

從式(V)化合物開始藉由P0501 1 66專利所述方法合成 式(X)化合物。在非質子溶劑(如氯化烴)用間-氯過氧基苯 甲酸將對應溴衍生物轉變成式(X)之N-氧化物,有利地在 低溫,介於01-室溫,進行。 對應式(X)之N-氧化物藉由使用硝酸水溶液進行選擇 性硝化反應製備式(XI)化合物。該反應經由Klemm,L.H·之 方法(J. Ckm·,7,1 970,81)在乙酸中於 100- 13 0°C溫度進行。轉化率約20% ’未改變之起始物可加以 回收。 後續反應步驟(c ’ d ’ e ’ f及g)所用方法係以如上所 述方式(見流程圖2、3及5)進行。 根據本發明,一種製備式(1 g)化合物之方法:The compound of formula (X) is synthesized starting from the compound of formula (V) by the method described in the P0501 1 66 patent. The conversion of the corresponding bromine derivative to the N-oxide of formula (X) with an m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid in an aprotic solvent (e.g., a chlorinated hydrocarbon) is advantageously carried out at a low temperature, between 01 and room temperature. The N-oxide of the formula (X) is prepared by selective nitration using an aqueous solution of nitric acid to prepare a compound of the formula (XI). The reaction is carried out in a solution of Klemm, L.H. (J. Ckm., 7, 970, 81) in acetic acid at a temperature of from 100 to 130 °C. The conversion rate is about 20% 'unchanged starting materials can be recycled. The methods used in the subsequent reaction steps (c ' d ' e ' f and g) were carried out in the manner described above (see Schemes 2, 3 and 5). According to the invention, a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (1 g):

其中 X 示 S Ο 2 ; -47- 200838865 (43) Y示選自(CH2)n、nh、NHCH2之基團; n爲0至1之整數; ζ爲胺基、溴基、氯基、俱基、甲氧基、 胺基;Wherein X represents S Ο 2 ; -47- 200838865 (43) Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, nh, NHCH2; n is an integer from 0 to 1; ζ is an amine group, a bromo group, a chloro group, Base, methoxy, amine group;

Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基 雜環基; R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,或 NR3R4基’其中R3及R4係獨立地選自氫 取代烷基之基團,或R3及R4與所連接之N原 選擇性經取代c 5 ·7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜 藉由式(X)化合物: 單-或二烷 、聯苯基、 或選擇性經 子一起形成 原子,Ri is a selectively substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenylheterocyclyl; R2 is a selectively substituted phenyl, heterocyclyl, or NR3R4 group wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from a hydrogen-substituted alkyl group. a group, or R3 and R4, optionally substituted by a C 5 ·7 heterocyclyl group, which comprises one or more hetero-compounds of a compound of formula (X): mono- or di-alkane, biphenyl, Or selective mesons together form an atom,

其中Ri及Y係如上述式(Ig)中所述, 在下反應,: 與式(IX)化合物於溶劑中在鹼及觸媒之存 R2-B(OH)2 (IX) 其中R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基, 製得式(XIV)化合物: -48- (44) (44)200838865Wherein Ri and Y are reacted as described in the above formula (Ig), and the compound of the formula (IX) is present in a solvent in a base and a catalyst R2-B(OH)2 (IX) wherein R2 is selective A compound of the formula (XIV) is prepared by substituting a phenyl group or a heterocyclic group: -48- (44) (44) 200838865

其中R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,R i及Y係如 上述式(Ig)化合物中所述,或 與(XIII)化合物反應: NHR3R4 (XIII) 其中R3及R4係如上述式(Ig)中所述, 製得式(XIV)化合物,其中R2爲NRsR4基,其中R3 及R4係獨立地選自氫或選擇性經取代烷基之基團,或R3 及R4與所連接之N原子一起形成選擇性經取代c5_7雜環 基,其包含一或多個雜原子;以及 式(XIV)化合物,其中R】、R2及Y係如上述式(Ig)中 所述,與三氟乙酸酐於溶劑中反應,製得式(XV)化合物:Wherein R 2 is a selective substituted phenyl or heterocyclic group, and R i and Y are as described in the above formula (Ig) or reacted with a compound of (XIII): NHR3R4 (XIII) wherein R 3 and R 4 are as defined above A compound of the formula (XIV) wherein R2 is a NRsR4 group, wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from a hydrogen or a selectively substituted alkyl group, or R3 and R4 are bonded thereto, as described in (Ig) The N atoms together form a selectively substituted c5-7 heterocyclic group comprising one or more heteroatoms; and a compound of formula (XIV) wherein R], R2 and Y are as described in formula (Ig) above, and trifluoro The acetic anhydride is reacted in a solvent to obtain a compound of the formula (XV):

其中Ri、R2及Y係如上述式(Ig)中所述;及 -49- 200838865 (45) 式(XV)化合物,其中l、R2及Y係如上述式(I g)中 • 所述, • a.與氧溴化磷(ΠΙ)反應,製得式(Ig)化合物,其中z 爲溴基,X、Υ、η、:^及R2係如上述式(ig)中所述,及之 後選擇性地形成所製得式(Ig)溴衍生物的鹽類及/或水合物 及/或溶劑化物;或 (i)式(Ig)溴衍生物(其中Z爲溴基;X、Y、η、Ri及 R2係如上述式(Ig)中所述)與氟化鉀於DMSO中反應,製 得式(4)化合物(其中2爲氟基,又、¥、11、111及112係如 上述式(Ig)中所述),及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(Ig)氟 ^ 衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物;或 b·與氧氯化磷(III)反應,製得式(Ig)化合物(其中Z 爲氯基,X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上述式(Ig)中所述),及 之後選擇性地形成所製得式(Ig)氯衍生物之鹽類及/或水合 物及/或溶劑化物;或 Φ ⑴式(Ig)氯衍生物(其中Z爲氯基; R2係如上述式(Ig)中所述)與氟化鉀於DMSO中反應,製 得式(Ig)化合物(其中Z爲氟基,X、Y、η、L及R2係如 上述式(Ig)中所述),及之後選擇性地形成所製得式〇g)氟 衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物;或 ' c.與碘甲烷於碳酸銀之存在下於溶劑中反應,製得 式(Ig)化合物,其中Z爲甲氧基,X、Y、η、Ri及R2係 如上述式(Ig)中所述’及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(l8) 甲氧基衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物;或 -50- 200838865 (46) d.與三氟甲烷磺酸酐於溶劑中反應,然後與氨或單- * 及二烷胺反應,製得式(Ig)化合物,其中Z分別爲胺基或 • 單烷胺基或二烷胺基,X、γ、η、Ri及R2係如上述式(Ig) 中所述,及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(Ig)甲氧基衍生物 之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物。(流程圖7)。 流程圖7 BrWherein Ri, R2 and Y are as described in the above formula (Ig); and -49-200838865 (45) a compound of the formula (XV) wherein l, R2 and Y are as described in the above formula (Ig), • a. reacting with phosphorus bromide (ΠΙ) to obtain a compound of formula (Ig) wherein z is a bromo group, and X, Υ, η, γ, and R 2 are as described in the above formula (ig), and thereafter Selectively forming a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the bromo derivative of the formula (Ig); or (i) a bromine derivative of the formula (Ig) (wherein Z is a bromo group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are reacted with potassium fluoride in DMSO according to the above formula (Ig) to obtain a compound of the formula (4) (wherein 2 is a fluorine group, and further, ¥, 11, 111 and 112 are as The above formula (Ig)), and thereafter selectively forming salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the obtained fluorochemical derivative of the formula (Ig); or b· with phosphorus oxychloride ( III) a reaction to obtain a compound of the formula (Ig) wherein Z is a chloro group, X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described in the above formula (Ig), and then selectively forms the obtained formula ( Ig) a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of a chlorine derivative; or (1) a chlorine derivative of the formula (Ig) (wherein Z is a chlorine group; R2 is as described in the above formula (Ig)) is reacted with potassium fluoride in DMSO to obtain a compound of the formula (Ig) wherein Z is a fluorine group, X, Y, η, L and R2 are as described in the above formula (Ig)), and thereafter selectively form salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the obtained fluoroglycan derivatives. Or 'c. reacting with methyl iodide in the presence of silver carbonate in a solvent to obtain a compound of the formula (Ig) wherein Z is a methoxy group, and X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as defined in the above formula (Ig) And optionally forming a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the obtained methoxy derivative of the formula (18); or -50-200838865 (46) d. with trifluoromethane The sulfonic anhydride is reacted in a solvent and then reacted with ammonia or mono-* and dialkylamine to obtain a compound of the formula (Ig) wherein Z is an amine group or a monoalkylamino group or a dialkylamino group, X, γ, η, Ri and R2 are as described in the above formula (Ig), and thereafter selectively form salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the obtained methoxy derivative of the formula (Ig). (Flowchart 7). Flowchart 7 Br

(X) S Y-Ri(X) S Y-Ri

(XIV) S Y-(XIV) S Y-

a. R2-B(OH)2(式(IX)化合物,其中R2爲選擇性經取 代苯基、雜環基);Na2C03,乙醇,甲苯或二甲氧基乙 烷,Pd(PPh3 )4,1 - 5 小時,2 0 -1 1 0 °C ; b· NHR3R4 (式(XIII)化合物,其中113及R4係如上述 式(If)中所述),70-200°C,卜5小時,乙腈或DMF ; c· Polonovsky 型反應(CF3C0)20,DMF,0°C-室溫; d. POBr3,DMF,80- 1 3 0°C,然後選擇性 KF, DMSO,100-150 〇C ; e· P0C13,DMF,80- 1 3 0°C,然後選擇性 KF, DMSO,100-150 〇C ; -51 - 200838865 (47) f·碘甲烷,AgC〇3,二氯甲烷- DMF,0°C-室溫; * g· i· (CF3S〇2)2〇,二氯甲烷,吡啶;〇_5°C, - ii· nh3或單-或二烷胺,0°C-室溫。 包含Z取代基(胺基、二院胺基、甲氧基及鹵素)之式 (Ig)化合物通常藉由式(XV)之環狀醯胺基的轉變而加以合 成。式(XIV)及(XV)化合物之合成述於匈牙利專利申請案 HU/P050 1 1 66。 φ 從式(X)之N-氧化物開始,其中式(X)之N-氧化物係 由述於上文之方法加以合成,藉由如下方法製備式(Ig)化 合物:在二甲基甲醯胺中於0-25 t溫度下用乙酸酐或三氟 乙酸酐處理式(XIV)化合物,進行使用Hartling,R.方法(J. Het.Chem.,13, 1 976,//97)之 Polonovsky 型反應。 式(Ig)化合物,其中Z爲氯基或溴基,可從對應式 (XV)吡啶酮而加以製備。多種方法述於技藝中,包括此反 應之變換。此處係使用Dennis W·方法(J· Org. Ckm,/ 60, Φ 72,1 995, 3750)用氧氯化磷或氧溴化磷於適當溶劑(合宜地 爲DMF)在8 0- 1 3 0°C溫度進行反應。 式(Ig)化合物,其中Z爲氟基,可使用DolleF.之簡 化方法11,2003,5333)從對應式 (ig)之氯基或溴基化合物而加以製備。該反應於 100-15 0°C溫度與氟化鉀於DM SO中進行。 在式(Ig)之Z爲甲氧基的情況下,對應式(XV)化合物 與碘甲烷於鹵化溶劑,如二氯甲烷或三氯甲烷(有時使用 10-2 0% DMF以改善溶解性),在碳酸銀之存在於室溫下以 -52- 200838865 (48) 如下方法進行反應:Ned Α·之方法{J. Org· Chem. 26’ . 2004, 9215) 〇 式(Ig)之6-胺基或6-經取代胺基化合物,其中Ζ爲胺 基、或單-或二烷胺基,係使用 Hi say ο I·等人之方法 (5horg. Md. ZeH.,/3, 5, 2003,973)經由二步驟 方法從式(X V )化合物加以製備。首先,在乾燥鹵化溶劑, 如二氯甲烷或三氯甲烷,於吡啶基之存在下在0-5 °C 溫 p 度間使用三氟甲烷磺酸酐將醯胺官能基轉變成三氟甲烷磺 酸鹽。粗產物與氨在甲醇或DMSO或於DMSO中之單_或_ 二烷胺在〇-25°C溫度間反應。 根據本發明,一種製備式(Ih)化合物之方法: 7a. R2-B(OH)2 (a compound of formula (IX) wherein R2 is a selective substituted phenyl, heterocyclic group); Na2C03, ethanol, toluene or dimethoxyethane, Pd(PPh3)4, 1 - 5 hours, 2 0 -1 1 0 °C; b· NHR3R4 (a compound of the formula (XIII), wherein 113 and R4 are as described in the above formula (If)), 70-200 ° C, for 5 hours, Acetonitrile or DMF; c. Polonovsky type reaction (CF3C0) 20, DMF, 0 ° C - room temperature; d. POBr3, DMF, 80-1 30 ° C, then selective KF, DMSO, 100-150 〇C; e· P0C13, DMF, 80-1 30 ° C, then selective KF, DMSO, 100-150 〇C; -51 - 200838865 (47) f· iodomethane, AgC〇3, dichloromethane - DMF, 0 °C-room temperature; * g·i·(CF3S〇2)2〇, dichloromethane, pyridine; 〇_5°C, - ii·nh3 or mono- or dialkylamine, 0°C-room temperature. The compound of the formula (Ig) which contains a Z substituent (amino group, amphoteric amine group, methoxy group and halogen) is usually synthesized by a conversion of a cyclic amide group of the formula (XV). The synthesis of the compounds of the formulae (XIV) and (XV) is described in the Hungarian patent application HU/P050 1 1 66. φ Starting from the N-oxide of formula (X) wherein the N-oxide of formula (X) is synthesized by the method described above, the compound of formula (Ig) is prepared by the following method: in dimethyl The compound of formula (XIV) is treated with acetic anhydride or trifluoroacetic anhydride at a temperature of 0-25 t in decylamine using the Hartling, R. method (J. Het. Chem., 13, 976, / /97). Polonovsky type reaction. A compound of the formula (Ig) wherein Z is a chloro group or a bromo group can be prepared from the corresponding formula (XV) pyridone. A variety of methods are described in the art, including variations of this reaction. Here, the Dennis W. method (J. Org. Ckm, / 60, Φ 72, 995, 3750) is used with phosphorus oxychloride or phosphorus bromide in a suitable solvent (preferably DMF) at 80-1 The reaction was carried out at a temperature of 30 °C. A compound of the formula (Ig) wherein Z is a fluoro group can be prepared from a chloro or bromo compound of the formula (ig) using the simple method of DolleF. 11, 2003, 5333). The reaction is carried out at a temperature of from 100 to 15 ° C with potassium fluoride in DM SO. In the case where Z of the formula (Ig) is a methoxy group, the compound of the formula (XV) is reacted with methyl iodide in a halogenating solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform (sometimes using 10-20% DMF to improve solubility) The reaction is carried out in the presence of silver carbonate at room temperature as -52-200838865 (48) as follows: Ned Α· method {J. Org·Chem. 26' . 2004, 9215) 〇 (Ig) 6 An amine or 6-substituted amino compound in which hydrazine is an amine group or a mono- or dialkylamino group, using the method of Hi say ο I· et al. (5horg. Md. ZeH., /3, 5 , 2003, 973) was prepared from a compound of formula (XV) via a two-step process. First, the guanamine functional group is converted to trifluoromethanesulfonic acid using a trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in a dry halogenated solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform at a temperature of 0-5 ° C in the presence of a pyridyl group. salt. The crude product is reacted with ammonia in methanol or DMSO or mono- or dialkylamine in DMSO at a temperature of 〇-25 °C. According to the invention, a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Ih): 7

其中 X 示 so2 ; γ示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; " η爲〇至1之整數; - Ζ爲胺基、羥基、溴基、氯基、氟基、甲氧基、單 或二烷胺基;Wherein X represents so2; γ represents a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; " η is an integer from 〇 to 1; - Ζ is an amine group, a hydroxyl group, a bromo group, a chloro group, a fluorine group, a methoxy group Base, mono or dialkylamine group;

Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基 雜環基; R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,或 -53- 200838865 (49) NR sR4基,其中R3及R4係獨立地選自氫或選擇性經 取代烷基之基團,或R3及R4與所連接之N原子一起形 成選擇性經取代C5-7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原子, 藉由式(XIV)化合物:Ri is a selective substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl heterocyclyl; R2 is a selective substituted phenyl, heterocyclic, or -53-200838865 (49) NR sR4, wherein R3 And R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or a selectively substituted alkyl group, or R3 and R4 together with the attached N atom form a selectively substituted C5-7 heterocyclic group containing one or more heteroatoms By compound of formula (XIV):

其中Ri、R2及Y係如上式(Ih)中所述, a·與氧氯化磷(III)或五氯化磷反應,製得式(Ih)化合 物,其中Z爲氯基,X、Y、n、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中 所述,或 b.與氧溴化磷(III)反應,製得式(Ih)化合物,其中Z 爲氯基,X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述,及之後 選擇性地形成所製得式(Ih)氯基或溴基衍生物之鹽類及/或 水合物及/或溶劑化物,其中Z爲氯基或溴基;X、Y、 n、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述);或 (i)式(Ih)氯基或溴基衍生物(其中Z爲氯基或溴 基;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述)與氟化鉀 於DMSO中反應,製得式(Ih)化合物(其中Z爲氟基, X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述),及之後選擇性 地形成所製得式(Ih)氟基衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或 溶劑化物;或 -54- 200838865 (50) (ii) 式(Ih)氯基或溴基衍生物(其中Z爲氯基或溴 基;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述)與甲氧化 鈉於甲醇中反應,製得式(Ih)化合物(其中Z爲甲氧基, X、 Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述),及之後選擇性 地形成所製得式(Ih)甲氧基衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/ 或溶劑化物,或 (iii) 式(Ih)氯基或溴基衍生物(其中Z爲氯基或溴 基;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述)與乙酸鈉 於乙酸中反應,製得式(Ih)化合物(其中Z爲羥基,X、 Y、 η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述),及之後選擇性地形 成所製得式(Ih)羥基衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑 化物,或 (iv) 式(Ih)氯基或溴基衍生物(其中Z爲氯基或溴 基;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述)與三氟甲 烷磺酸酐於溶劑中反應,然後與氨或單-及二烷胺反應, 製得式(Ih)化合物(其中Z爲分別爲胺基或單烷胺基或\ 二烷胺基,X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述),及 之後選擇性地形成所製得式(Ih)甲氧基衍生物之鹽類及/或 水合物及/或溶劑化物,其中Z分別爲胺基或單烷胺基或 二烷胺基;或 (v) 式(Ih)氯基或溴基衍生物(其中Z爲氯基或溴 基;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述)與疊氮化 鈉於DMF及水中反應,製得式(Ih)化合物(其中Z爲疊 氮基,X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述),然後所 55- 200838865 (51) 製得疊氮基衍生物與硼氫化鈉於溶劑中反應,製得式(Ih) • 化合物(其中z爲胺基,X、Y、η、R!及R2係如上式(Ih) . 中所述),及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(I h)胺基衍生物之 鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物(流程圖8)。Wherein Ri, R2 and Y are as described in the above formula (Ih), a· reacting with phosphorus (III) oxychloride or phosphorus pentachloride to obtain a compound of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a chloro group, X, Y , n, Ri and R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih), or b. are reacted with phosphorus (III) oxybromide to obtain a compound of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a chloro group, X, Y, η, Ri And R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih), and thereafter selectively form a salt and/or hydrate and/or solvate of the obtained chlorine or bromo derivative of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is chlorine Or a bromo group; X, Y, n, Ri and R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih); or (i) a chloro or bromo derivative of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a chloro or bromo group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are reacted with potassium fluoride in DMSO according to the above formula (Ih) to obtain a compound of the formula (Ih) (wherein Z is a fluorine group, X, Y, η, Ri and R2 is as defined in the above formula (Ih)), and thereafter selectively forms a salt and/or hydrate and/or solvate of the obtained fluorine-based derivative of the formula (Ih); or -54- 200838865 (50) (ii) a chloro or bromo derivative of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a chloro or bromo group; X, Y, η, Ri R2 is reacted with sodium methoxide in methanol as described above in the formula (Ih) to obtain a compound of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a methoxy group, and X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as defined above (Ih) And optionally forming a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the obtained methoxy derivative of the formula (Ih), or (iii) a chloro or bromo group of the formula (Ih) a derivative (wherein Z is a chloro or bromo group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih)) and sodium acetate is reacted in acetic acid to obtain a compound of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is The hydroxyl group, X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih), and then selectively form salts and/or hydrates and/or solvents of the obtained hydroxyl derivative of the formula (Ih). a compound, or (iv) a chloro or bromo derivative of the formula (Ih) (wherein Z is a chloro or bromo group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih)) and trifluoromethane The sulfonic anhydride is reacted in a solvent and then reacted with ammonia or a mono- and dialkylamine to obtain a compound of the formula (Ih) (wherein Z is an amine group or a monoalkylamino group or a \dialkylamino group, respectively, X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as in the above formula (Ih) And then selectively forming salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the obtained methoxy derivative of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is an amine group or a monoalkylamino group or a dialkylamino group, respectively Or (v) a chloro or bromo derivative of the formula (Ih) (wherein Z is a chloro or bromo group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih)) and sodium azide Reacting in DMF and water to obtain a compound of the formula (Ih) (wherein Z is an azide group, X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih)), and then 55-200838865 (51) The obtained azido derivative is reacted with sodium borohydride in a solvent to obtain a compound of the formula (Ih): wherein z is an amine group, and X, Y, η, R! and R2 are as defined in the above formula (Ih). And then selectively forming salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the amine derivative of formula (Ih) produced (Scheme 8).

a· P0C13,POBr3,PC15,50-15〇t:,純質或於 DMF 中;a· P0C13, POBr3, PC15, 50-15〇t:, pure or in DMF;

b. KF,DMSO 或 DMF,1 0 0 - 1 5 0 °Cb. KF, DMSO or DMF, 1 0 0 - 1 5 0 °C

c. NaOCH3,甲醇,0_60°Cc. NaOCH3, methanol, 0_60 ° C

d· CH3COONa,C H3 C Ο Ο H,8 0 -1 0 0 〇C e· NH3或單-或一院胺或DMF,100-150 °C,密封管或d· CH3COONa, C H3 C Ο Ο H,8 0 -1 0 0 〇C e· NH3 or single- or one-house amine or DMF, 100-150 °C, sealed tube or

微波輔助之反應Microwave assisted reaction

f. i. NaN3 ,DMF-水,80- 1 00°C, ii. NaBH4,甲醇 0-30°C 式(Ih)化合物,其中Z爲氯基或溴基,係從式(XIV) 之 N-氧化物衍生物經由 Sakamoto等人之方法(CAem. Phrm· 5w//. 36; 1 98 8; 22#)而加以製備。該反應與包含 適當鹵素之磷試劑純質或磷試劑於適當溶劑,如DMF, 在5 0- 1 5 0 °C溫度反應。該製程在噻吩並吡啶環之4及6位 置上產生二鹵素異構物,該二異構物可經由結晶或層析而 -56- 200838865 (52) 加以分離。 式(Ih)之4-經鹵素(氯基或溴基)取代的化合物可用 Fujimoto 等人之製程(Pharm 5w//·,· 2,1 954,/37)使用乙酸 及乙酸鈉在80-100 °C溫度進行反應而轉變成4 -羥基衍生 物。 式(Ih)具4-胺基官能基之化合物係經由二步驟方法加 以製備:首先,式(Ih)化合物,其中Z爲氯基或溴基,與 疊氮化鈉反應,產生式(Ih)化合物之疊氮基衍生物(其中Z 爲疊氮基),其以適當硼氫化物,如於甲醇或乙醇中之硼 氫化鈉,還原成對應胺基衍生物。 製備式(Ih)化合物,其中Z爲胺基或經單烷基、或二 烷基取代胺基,之另一方法爲:對應式(Ih)之4-鹵素衍生 物使用 Gawley R. E·等人(Tetrahedron Lett.,45,4,2004, 757)及 Prem· Μ· S. (Synth· Comm. 34,1 6,2 0 0 4,2 9 2 5 )之 方法以氨、經單取代或二取代之胺或二甲基甲醯胺處理 之。該製程在一些情況下係於密封管或微波輔助之方式在 1 0 0 - 1 5 0 °C溫度進行反應。 式(Ih)化合物,其中 Z爲甲氧基,可用NeumannK· (Chem· Ber·; 48,1915,961)所述習知方法加以製備。式 (Ih)化合物’其中Z爲氯基或溴基,與甲氧化鈉於甲醇中 在0-60°C溫度下反應。 從對應式(Ih)氯基或溴基化合物開始之氟化反應如 下:使用於適當溶劑,如D M F或D M S Ο,中之氟化鉀於 1 00-1 50°C 溫度下應用 Hochberg R. Med· Chem·; 45, -57- 200838865 (53) 2 0 02, 5 3 97)之簡化方法進行,產生式(Ih)之4-氟化合物。 所有反應混合物之處理可以在合成化學方法中習知之 不同方法進行。產物可藉由結晶或藉由管柱或快速層析純 化之。 生物試驗方法 MGluRl受體結合試驗 根據Lavreysen等人之改良方法(Mol.Pharm·,2003 ’ 63,1 08 2)進行MGluRl受體結合試驗。基於人類及鼠之 mGluRl受體的高同源性,鼠小腦膜調配物用於測量參考 化合物及新穎化合物對於鼠之mGluRl的結合特性。使用 放射性配體[3H]R2 14127(3 nM),在ΙμΜ R214127之存在 下測量非專一性結合。 IC-50値係經由非線性回歸分析從替代曲線測量而得 及經由 Cheng 及 Prusoff 公式(Biochem. Pharmacol., 1 973,22,3 099)轉換成 Ki 値。 MGUR5受體結合試驗 根據經修改Gasparini等人方法(Bioorg· Med· Chem· Lett. 2000,1 2:407-409)測量 MGluR5 受體結合。鼠之腦 皮質調配物用於測量參考化合物及新穎化合物對於鼠之 mGluRl的結合特性。表現hmGluR5a之A1 8細胞株(購自 Euro screen)用於測量化合物對於人類mGluR5a受體之結 合特性。使用放射性配體[3Η]·Μ-ΜΡΕΡ(2 nM)。在10 μΜ -58- 200838865 (54) M-MPEP之存在下測量非專一性結合。 . 功能活性之評估 用於原生鼠mGluR5及mGluRl受體之培養物 在原生鼠mGluR5 and mGluRl受體上之功效係分別 使用來自17天大之Charles River鼠胚胎原始新皮質細胞 培養物及來自4天大之Wistar鼠之原始小腦細胞培養物 φ 來加以測量(神經細胞培養物之製備詳情見 Johnson,M.I.;Fi NaN3 , DMF-water, 80- 1 00 ° C, ii. NaBH 4 , methanol 0-30 ° C Compound of formula (Ih) wherein Z is a chloro or bromo group, which is an N-oxide from formula (XIV) The derivative was prepared by the method of Sakamoto et al. (CAem. Phrm. 5w//. 36; 1 98 8; 22#). The reaction is carried out with a phosphorus reagent containing a suitable halogen or a phosphorus reagent in a suitable solvent such as DMF at a temperature of from 50 to 150 °C. This process produces a dihalo isomer at positions 4 and 6 of the thienopyridine ring which can be separated by crystallization or chromatography -56-200838865 (52). Compounds of formula (Ih) 4-substituted by halogen (chloro or bromo) can be used in the process of Fujimoto et al. (Pharm 5w//, 2, 1 954, /37) using acetic acid and sodium acetate at 80-100. The reaction is carried out at a temperature of ° C to convert into a 4-hydroxy derivative. The compound of formula (Ih) having a 4-amino functional group is prepared via a two-step process: first, a compound of formula (Ih) wherein Z is a chloro or bromo group, is reacted with sodium azide to produce formula (Ih) An azide derivative of the compound wherein Z is an azide group which is reduced to the corresponding amine derivative with a suitable borohydride such as sodium borohydride in methanol or ethanol. A compound of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is an amine group or a monoalkyl group or a dialkyl group substituted amine group, and another method is as follows: Gawley R. E., etc. is used for the 4-halogen derivative of the formula (Ih) The method of human (Tetrahedron Lett., 45, 4, 2004, 757) and Prem·S. S. (Synth Comm. 34, 1 6, 2 0 0 4, 2 9 2 5) is ammonia, monosubstituted or Treated with a disubstituted amine or dimethylformamide. The process is carried out in some cases in a sealed tube or microwave assisted manner at a temperature of from 1 to 10 °C. A compound of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a methoxy group can be produced by a conventional method described by Neumann K. (Chem Ber; 48, 1915, 961). The compound of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a chloro group or a bromo group is reacted with sodium methoxide in methanol at a temperature of from 0 to 60 °C. The fluorination reaction starting from the corresponding (Ih) chloro or bromo compound is as follows: using a suitable solvent such as DMF or DMS hydrazine, potassium fluoride in the application of Hochberg R. Med at a temperature of 100-150 ° C · A simplified method of Chem.; 45, -57-200838865 (53) 2 0 02, 5 3 97) to produce a 4-fluoro compound of formula (Ih). The treatment of all reaction mixtures can be carried out in different ways as is conventional in synthetic chemistry. The product can be purified by crystallization or by column or flash chromatography. Biological test method MGluRl receptor binding assay The MGluRl receptor binding assay was performed according to the improved method of Lavreysen et al. (Mol. Pharm, 2003 '63, 108 2). Based on the high homology of the human and murine mGluRl receptors, murine cerebellum formulations were used to measure the binding properties of reference compounds and novel compounds to murine mGluRl. Non-specific binding was measured in the presence of ΙμΜ R214127 using the radioligand [3H]R2 14127 (3 nM). The IC-50 oxime was converted from the substitution curve by nonlinear regression analysis to the Ki 値 via the Cheng and Prusoff formula (Biochem. Pharmacol., 1 973, 22, 3 099). MGUR5 receptor binding assay MGluR5 receptor binding was measured according to the modified Gasparini et al. method (Bioorg Med Med. Lett. 2000, 12: 407-409). The rat brain cortex formulation was used to measure the binding properties of the reference compound and the novel compound for murine mGluRl. The A1 8 cell strain expressing hmGluR5a (purchased from Euro screen) was used to measure the binding characteristics of the compound to the human mGluR5a receptor. The radioligand [3Η]·Μ-ΜΡΕΡ (2 nM) was used. Non-specific binding was measured in the presence of 10 μΜ -58- 200838865 (54) M-MPEP. Evaluation of Functional Activity The efficacy of cultures of the native mouse mGluR5 and mGluRl receptors on the native murine mGluR5 and mGluRl receptors was performed using a 17-day-old Charles River mouse embryonic neonatal cortical cell culture and from 4 days. The original cerebellar cell culture φ of the Wistar rat is measured. (For details on the preparation of the neural cell culture, see Johnson, MI;

Bunge,R.P. (1 9 9 2): Primary cell cultures of peripheral and central neurons and glia. In: Protocols for Neural Cell Culture, eds: Fedoroff,S.; Richardson A., The Humana Press Ine.,51-77)。單離後,細胞植入標準96孔 盤,培養物維持在37°C下95%空氣-5% C02之氛圍。新皮 質及小腦培養物分別在5-7天及3-4天用於鈣測量。 # 用於重組人類mGluR5a受體之細胞培養物 穩定表現重組人類mGluR5a受體之中國倉鼠卵巢 (CH0)細胞(CHO-mGluR5a,購自 Euroscreen)在包含 10% F C S > 1 % 抗生素抗黴溶液、400 pg/ml G418、250 pg/ml 欣黴素(zeocin)、5 pg/ml嘌黴素之F12介質中培養。細 • 胞在37°C下於潮濕培養器於5% C02/95%空氣之氛圍中培 養及每星期轉徙接種3次。於標準96孔盤中細胞以2.5-3.5x104細胞/孔種植,藉由隔天加入600 ng/ml去氧羥四 環素(doxycycline)誘發受體表現。在加入誘發劑後’ 16- -59- 200838865 (55) 24小時進行鈣測量。 胞質溶膠鈣濃度之螢光測定之測量 胞質溶膠鈣濃度([Ca2 + ]i )之測量係在原始新皮質及小 腦培養物以及在穩定表現人類mGluR5a受體之CHO-mGluR5a細胞上進行。細胞在標準96孔盤內生長,在測 量前裝入螢光Ca2 + -敏感染料、氟-4/AM (2 μΜ):神經培 養物係負載在其生長介質,CHO-mGluR5a係負載於分析 緩衝劑(145 mM NaCl,5 mM KC1,2 mM MgCl2,2 mM CaCl2,10 mM HEPES,20 mM D-葡萄糖,2 mM 丙磺舒, ρΗ = 7·4),該分析緩衝劑補充有 2 mM丙酮酸鈉及 30 pg/ml麩胺酸鹽-丙酮酸鹽轉胺酶(在CHO-mGlnR5a細胞 之情況下,在[Ca2 + ]i測量期間亦存在這些補充物)。該負 載係藉由以100 μΐ/孔之染料溶液於37°C下在潮濕培養器 於 5% C02/95%空氣之氛圍下培養細胞而進行之。用分析 緩衝劑清洗細胞兩次以停止染料負載。清洗後,視實驗設 置,將各種濃度之測試化合物(在分析緩衝劑以DMSO或 二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)稀釋,最終DMSO/DMF濃度<0.1%)或 緩衝劑加至每一孔。在新皮質培養物之情況下,分析緩衝 劑亦包含TTX (0.5 μΜ),以抑制 [Ca2 + ]i之自發性震 動,在小腦培養物之情況下,丙磺舒係以沙芬匹隆 (sulfinpyrazone)替代(0.25 mM)。 在37°C下培養10-20分鐘。以螢光讀取機 (FlexStation II,Molecular Devices)對各管柱進行測量 -60- (56) (56)200838865 [Ca2 + ]i之基準線及由激動劑誘發之改變。發射之激發及 偵測係自盤之底部進行。全部測量程序係在37°C下進行且 以習用軟體控制。測試化合物之抑制性功效係藉由測量不 同濃度化合物存在下激動劑誘發之[Ca2 + ]i -上升之降低而 加以評估。DHPG係用作三種培養物之激動劑’濃度在新 皮質及小腦培養物係分別爲20及100 μΜ。在CHO-mGluR5a細胞之情況下,DHPG係以EC 80濃度使用,該 EC 8 0-値係得自每天測得之劑量-反應曲線。螢光數據係以 际F/F (以基準線校準過之螢光改變)表示。 單一盤中所有孔之處理均加以測量。相同處理之孔所 得數據係加以平均,所得平均値用於分析。在單一濃度點 上之抑制性功效係以控制激動劑反應之%抑制表示。將數 據(得自至少三個獨立實驗)以 S形濃度-抑制曲線擬合 之,IC 5 0_値爲產生最大抑制之一半所用之化合物濃度 値。使用 Soft Max Pro (Molecular Devices)分析爲校準螢 光數據,以GraphPad Prism進行曲線擬合。 結果 本發明式(I)化合物對於鼠及人類之 mGluRl及 mGluR5受體呈現親和性,且證實爲功能性拮抗劑,可抑 制由刺激mGluR5受體所誘發之功能性反應。 -61 - 200838865 (57) 表Bunge, RP (1 9 9 2): Primary cell cultures of peripheral and central neurons and glia. In: Protocols for Neural Cell Culture, eds: Fedoroff, S.; Richardson A., The Humana Press Ine., 51-77) . After isolation, the cells were seeded in a standard 96-well plate and the culture was maintained at 37 ° C with a 95% air-5% CO 2 atmosphere. Neocortex and cerebellar cultures were used for calcium measurements at 5-7 days and 3-4 days, respectively. # Cell culture for recombinant human mGluR5a receptor Chinese hamster ovary (CH0) cells stably expressing recombinant human mGluR5a receptor (CHO-mGluR5a, purchased from Euroscreen) containing 10% FCS > 1% antibiotic antimycotic solution, Cultured in F12 medium of 400 pg/ml G418, 250 pg/ml zeocin, 5 pg/ml puromycin. Fine cells were cultured in a humidified incubator at 37 ° C in a 5% CO 2 /95% air atmosphere and inoculated 3 times per week. Cells were plated at 2.5-3.5 x 104 cells/well in standard 96-well plates and receptor expression was induced by the addition of 600 ng/ml doxycycline every other day. Calcium measurements were taken 24 hours after the addition of the inducer at '16--59-200838865 (55). Measurement of cytosolic calcium concentration by fluorescence measurement Measurement of cytosolic calcium concentration ([Ca2 + ]i) was performed on primitive neocortical and cerebrospinal cultures and on CHO-mGluR5a cells stably expressing the human mGluR5a receptor. The cells were grown in standard 96-well plates and loaded with fluorescent Ca2+-sensitive dye, fluorine-4/AM (2 μΜ) before measurement: the nerve culture system was loaded in its growth medium, and the CHO-mGluR5a system was loaded in the analysis buffer. (145 mM NaCl, 5 mM KC1, 2 mM MgCl2, 2 mM CaCl2, 10 mM HEPES, 20 mM D-glucose, 2 mM probenecid, ρΗ = 7.4), the assay buffer was supplemented with 2 mM acetone Sodium and 30 pg/ml glutamate-pyruvate transaminase (in the case of CHO-mGlnR5a cells, these supplements are also present during the [Ca2+]i measurement). The load was carried out by incubating the cells with a dye solution of 100 μΐ/well at 37 ° C in a humidified incubator under a 5% CO 2 /95% air atmosphere. The cells were washed twice with analytical buffer to stop the dye loading. After washing, various concentrations of test compound (diluted in assay buffer in DMSO or dimethylformamide (DMF), final DMSO/DMF concentration < 0.1%) or buffer were added to each well depending on the experimental setup. . In the case of neocortical cultures, the assay buffer also contained TTX (0.5 μΜ) to inhibit the spontaneous vibration of [Ca2+]i, and in the case of cerebellar culture, the probenecid was taken with safinpirone ( Substituting sulfinpyrazone) (0.25 mM). Incubate at 37 ° C for 10-20 minutes. Each column was measured with a fluorescence reader (FlexStation II, Molecular Devices) -60- (56) (56) 200838865 [Ca2 + ]i baseline and agonist-induced changes. The excitation and detection of the launch is performed from the bottom of the disc. All measurement procedures were performed at 37 ° C and controlled by conventional software. The inhibitory efficacy of the test compounds was assessed by measuring the decrease in agonist-induced [Ca2+]i-rise in the presence of different concentrations of the compound. The DHPG line was used as an agonist for the three cultures at concentrations of 20 and 100 μM in the neocortical and cerebellar culture lines, respectively. In the case of CHO-mGluR5a cells, the DHPG line was used at an EC 80 concentration derived from the daily dose-response curve measured. The fluorescence data is expressed as an F/F (fluorescent change calibrated with the baseline). The processing of all holes in a single disc is measured. The data obtained for the wells treated in the same manner were averaged and the average obtained was used for analysis. Inhibitory efficacy at a single concentration point is expressed as % inhibition of agonist response. Data (from at least three independent experiments) were fitted with a S-shaped concentration-inhibition curve, IC 50 値 is the concentration of the compound used to produce one-half of the maximum inhibition. Analysis was performed using Soft Max Pro (Molecular Devices) to calibrate the fluorescence data and curve fitting with GraphPad Prism. Results The compounds of the formula (I) of the present invention exhibited affinity for murine and human mGluR1 and mGluR5 receptors, and were confirmed to be functional antagonists, which inhibited the functional response induced by stimulation of the mGluR5 receptor. -61 - 200838865 (57) Table

化雜 編號 結構 (Μ+Η)+ 或ινΓ mGlu 5 Ki inM) mGlul Ki (_ 'hnmr mm 1 C1 421,2 氺 •kitit (300 MHz,DMSO-而,30 °C): 8.82 (dd,J=4.6,1.7Hz?lH); 7.82 (dd,J= 8.3,1.7 Hz, 1H); 7.63-7.50 (m,7H); 7.32-7.23 (m, 2H). 2 α ζΕ^Οα 405,1 本 * (500 MHz, CDC13, 30 °C): 8.64(dd5J= 4.6, 1.6Hz, 1H); 7.89 (dd5 J=8.2, 1.6 Hz? 1H); 7.59-7.55 (m, 2H); 7.54-7.50 (m, 2H); 7.50-7.43 (m5 4H); 7.35 (dd,J=8.2, 4.6 Hz, 1H).Miscellaneous numbering structure (Μ+Η)+ or ινΓ mGlu 5 Ki inM) mGlul Ki (_ 'hnmr mm 1 C1 421,2 氺•kitit (300 MHz, DMSO- and, 30 °C): 8.82 (dd, J = 4.6, 1.7 Hz? lH); 7.82 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H); 7.63-7.50 (m, 7H); 7.32-7.23 (m, 2H). 2 α ζΕ^Οα 405,1 * (500 MHz, CDC13, 30 °C): 8.64 (dd5J = 4.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.89 (dd5 J=8.2, 1.6 Hz? 1H); 7.59-7.55 (m, 2H); 7.54-7.50 ( m, 2H); 7.50-7.43 (m5 4H); 7.35 (dd, J=8.2, 4.6 Hz, 1H).

-62- 200838865 (58)-62- 200838865 (58)

3 Cl O^H> 404,1 * itieic (300 MHz,CDC13, 30 0C》 8.72(dd5 J=4.6, 1.7 Hz? 1H); 7.70 (dd,/=8.3, 1.7Hz? 1H); 7.59-7.50 (m, 2H); 7.48-7.41 (m,2H); 7.34 (dd,J= 8.3, 4.6 Hz, 1H); 7.21-7.14 (m? 2H); 7.07-6.97 (m, 2H). 4 CI 400,2 is ** (300 MHz,DMSO-办,30 〇C): 8.79 (dd,J =4.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.80 (dd,/=8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.60-7.52 (m,3H); 7.47-7.41 (m, 2H); 7.36-7.29 (m, 2H); 7.28-7.22 (m,2H); 2.36 (s, 3H). 5 Cl 3 445.0 *** (300 MHz,DMSO·办,30 °C): 10.39 (s5 1H); 8.79 (dd5 J = 4.6,1.6 Hz, 1H);7.80 (dd?J= 8.3, 1.6 Hz,1H); 7.71-7.63 (m? 2H); 7.60-7.50 (m, 3H); 7.50-7.43 (m,2H); 7.32-7.24 (m,2H); 2.08 (s,3H). 6 Cl Cl 421,2 icit (300 MHz, DMSO-^5 30 °C): 8.84 (dd,J= 4.6, 1.7Hz, 1H); 7.84 (dd? J=8.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H); 7.69-7.61 (m,1H); 7.60-7.53 (m5 3H); 7.40-7.35 (m, 2H); 7.32 (ddd,J = 8.1,7.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H); 7.17-7.09 (m, 2H). 7 Cl Qc^-O- 411,2 it (300 MHz,CDC13, 30 〇C): 8.75 (dd5 J=4.5,1.6 Hz? 1H); 7.72 (dd, J=8.2, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.67-7.61 (m, 4H); 7.50-7.43 (m,2H); 7.36 (dd,J= 8.2, 4.5 Hz,1H); 7.21-7.13 (m,2H). 8 Cl 386,0 * *** (300 MHz,CDC13, 30 0C): 8.71(dd,J=4.6,1.7Hz,m); 7.68 (dd,J= 8.2, 1.7 Hz, 1H); 7.58-7.48 (m,3H); 7.45-7.39 (m, 2H); 7.38-7.29 (m, 3H); 7.18-7.12 (m, 2H). 9 a CN 411,2 * * (300 MHz, CDCI3, 30 °C): 8.75 (dd3 7=4.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.80-7.75 (m,2H); 7.72 (dd,J =8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.69-7.66 (m5 1H); 7.55-7.45 (m, 3H); 7.36 (dd,《7=8,3, 4,5 7.20-7.13 (m,2H). -63- (59)2008388653 Cl O^H> 404,1 * itieic (300 MHz, CDC13, 30 0C) 8.72 (dd5 J=4.6, 1.7 Hz? 1H); 7.70 (dd, /=8.3, 1.7Hz? 1H); 7.59-7.50 (m, 2H); 7.48-7.41 (m, 2H); 7.34 (dd, J = 8.3, 4.6 Hz, 1H); 7.21-7.14 (m? 2H); 7.07-6.97 (m, 2H). 4 CI 400 , 2 is ** (300 MHz, DMSO-do, 30 〇C): 8.79 (dd, J = 4.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.80 (dd, /=8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.60-7.52 ( m,3H); 7.47-7.41 (m, 2H); 7.36-7.29 (m, 2H); 7.28-7.22 (m, 2H); 2.36 (s, 3H). 5 Cl 3 445.0 *** (300 MHz, DMSO, 30 °C): 10.39 (s5 1H); 8.79 (dd5 J = 4.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.80 (dd?J= 8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.71-7.63 (m? 2H) 7.60-7.50 (m, 3H); 7.50-7.43 (m, 2H); 7.32-7.24 (m, 2H); 2.08 (s, 3H). 6 Cl Cl 421, 2 icit (300 MHz, DMSO-^5 30 ° C): 8.84 (dd, J = 4.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H); 7.84 (dd? J = 8.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H); 7.69-7.61 (m, 1H); 7.60-7.53 (m5 3H); 7.40-7.35 (m, 2H); 7.32 (ddd, J = 8.1, 7.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H); 7.17-7.09 (m, 2H). 7 Cl Qc^-O- 411,2 it (300 MHz, CDC13 , 30 〇C): 8.75 (dd5 J=4.5, 1.6 Hz? 1H); 7.72 (dd, J=8.2, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.67-7.61 (m, 4H); 7.5 0-7.43 (m, 2H); 7.36 (dd, J = 8.2, 4.5 Hz, 1H); 7.21-7.13 (m, 2H). 8 Cl 386,0 * *** (300 MHz, CDC13, 30 0C) : 8.71 (dd, J = 4.6, 1.7 Hz, m); 7.68 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.7 Hz, 1H); 7.58-7.48 (m, 3H); 7.45-7.39 (m, 2H); 7.38-7.29 (m, 3H); 7.18-7.12 (m, 2H). 9 a CN 411,2 * * (300 MHz, CDCI3, 30 °C): 8.75 (dd3 7=4.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.80-7.75 (m, 2H); 7.72 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.69-7.66 (m5 1H); 7.55-7.45 (m, 3H); 7.36 (dd, "7=8,3, 4, 5 7.20-7.13 (m,2H). -63- (59)200838865

10 CI 387,2 ie *** (500 MHz,DMSO-办,25 0C): 8.85-8.80 (m, 2H); 8.58 (dd, J =2.5, 0.6 Hz, 1H); 7.97 (ddd, J= 8.2? 2.5,1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.83 (dd? J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz, iH); 7.59-7.52 (m5 4H); 7.30-7.26 (m5 2H). 11 d' ch3 366,2 ieie (300 MHz, CDC13, 30 °C): 8.77 (dd5y=4.651.7 Hz, 1H); 7.82 (dd5J= 8.3, L7 Hz, 1H); 7.56-7.51 (m,2H); 7.48-7.43 (m5 2H); 7.40 (dd5 J= 8.3? 4.6 Hz? 1H); 2.97-2.87 (m5 2H); 1.70-1.57 (m5 2H); 1.38-1.20 (m, 2H); 0.81 (t5 J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). 12 Cl o^H^CH3 h3c 421,2 ** icicic (300 MHz,DMSO-办,30 °C): 8.83 (dd,J= 4.6, 1.6 Hz,1H); 7.83 (dd5J= 8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.62-7.53 (m,3H); 7.38-7.31 (m, 2H); 2.59 (s5 3H); 2.25 (s, 3H). 13 Cl 391,9 ** (300 MHz,DMSO-办,30 T): 8.81 (dd5 7=4.6,1.6 Hz, 1H); 8.10 (dd, 1 = 5.0, 1.4 Hz, 1H); 7.84 (dd5 7=8.3,1.6 Hz? 1H); 7.63-7.58 (m, 2H); 7.56 (dd? J = 8.3, 4.6 Hz, 1H); 7.45 (dd5J = 3.9, 1.4 Hz, 1H); 7.41-7.34 (m? 2H); 7.15 (dd,J= 5.0, 3.9 Hz, 1H). 14 Cl 爲 h3c 405,2 ★ ★it (500 MHz,DMSO-而,25 0C): 8.84 (dd5J= 4.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.83 (dd,J= 8.3, 1.6 Hz,1H); 7.64-7.60 (m, 2H); 7.58 (dd?J =8.3, 4.6 Hz, 1H); 7.40-7.35 (m, 2H); 2.20 (s5 3H); 2.05 (s, 3H). 15 J M Cl ** •kit it (300 MHz, DMSO-^, 30 °C): 10.74 (s? 1H); 8.76 (dd5 J = 4.6,L6Hz? 1H); 7.77 (dd?J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.56-7.48 (m5 3H); 7.31-7.21 (m5 4H); 7.01-6.93 (m,2H). -64- 200838865(60)10 CI 387,2 ie *** (500 MHz, DMSO-do, 25 0C): 8.85-8.80 (m, 2H); 8.58 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.6 Hz, 1H); 7.97 (ddd, J= 8.2? 2.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.83 (dd? J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz, iH); 7.59-7.52 (m5 4H); 7.30-7.26 (m5 2H). 11 d' ch3 366,2 ieie (300 MHz, CDC13, 30 °C): 8.77 (dd5y=4.651.7 Hz, 1H); 7.82 (dd5J= 8.3, L7 Hz, 1H); 7.56-7.51 (m, 2H); 7.48-7.43 (m5 2H); 7.40 (dd5 J= 8.3? 4.6 Hz? 1H); 2.97-2.87 (m5 2H); 1.70-1.57 (m5 2H); 1.38-1.20 (m, 2H); 0.81 (t5 J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). 12 Cl o^H^CH3 h3c 421,2 ** icicic (300 MHz, DMSO-do, 30 °C): 8.83 (dd, J= 4.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.83 (dd5J= 8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H 7.62-7.53 (m,3H); 7.38-7.31 (m, 2H); 2.59 (s5 3H); 2.25 (s, 3H). 13 Cl 391,9 ** (300 MHz, DMSO-do, 30 T ): 8.81 (dd5 7=4.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 8.10 (dd, 1 = 5.0, 1.4 Hz, 1H); 7.84 (dd5 7=8.3, 1.6 Hz? 1H); 7.63-7.58 (m, 2H) ; 7.56 (dd? J = 8.3, 4.6 Hz, 1H); 7.45 (dd5J = 3.9, 1.4 Hz, 1H); 7.41-7.34 (m? 2H); 7.15 (dd, J= 5.0, 3.9 Hz, 1H). 14 Cl is h3c 405,2 ★ ★it (500 MHz, DMSO- and, 25 0C): 8.84 (dd5J= 4.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.83 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.64-7.60 (m, 2H); 7.58 (dd?J = 8.3, 4.6 Hz, 1H); 7.40-7.35 (m , 2H); 2.20 (s5 3H); 2.05 (s, 3H). 15 JM Cl ** • kit it (300 MHz, DMSO-^, 30 °C): 10.74 (s? 1H); 8.76 (dd5 J = 4.6, L6Hz? 1H); 7.77 (dd?J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.56-7.48 (m5 3H); 7.31-7.21 (m5 4H); 7.01-6.93 (m, 2H). -64- 200838865 (60)

16 Cl 0^-0 392,2 itisis ick-k (300 MHz5 CDC13j 30 °C): 8.75 (dd5 J=4.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.80 (dd, J=8.3, L6Hz, 1H); 7.55-7.48 (m,2H); 7.46-7.40 (m5 2H); 7.39 (dd5J =8.3, 4.5 Hz, 1H); 2.68 (tt5 J = 12.0, 3.4 Hz, 1H);1.98-1.72 (m, 4H); 1.70-1.36 (m, 3H); 1.20-0.96 (m? 3H). 17 次 itit itieit (300 MHzDMSO-办,30 0C): 8.81 (dd,J= 4.5,1.6 Hz,1H); 7.86 (dd, J= 8.3,1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.60-7.54 (m,3H); 7.37-7.26 (m? 5H); 7.16-7.11 (m5 2H); 4.61 (s, 2H). 18 Cl o^-oc 462,1 ititic (300 MHz, CDC13? 30 °C): 8.71 (dd5J=4.651.7Hz5lH); 7.69 (dd, J=8.3? 1.7 Hz, 1H); 7.63-7.50 (m,6H); 7.50-7.38 (m,5H); 7.32 (dd,J= 8.3, 4.6 Hz,1H); 7.22-7.15 (m,2H). 19 Cl Cl 421,2 it Λ* Λ (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6? 30 °C): 8.83 (dd,J= 4.6, 1.6 Hz,lH); 7.83 (dd5 J=8.3,1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.75 (dt5 J = 7.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H); 7.62-7.51 (m, 5H); 7.29-7.21 (m, 3H). 20 Cl 〇^<>cH3 (300 MHz,DMSO-办,30 0C): 8.79 (dd,/=4.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.84 (dd,J= 8.3,1.6 Hz,lH); 7.64-7.50 (m, 5H); 3.42-3.28 (m,2H); 2.54-2.39 (m,2H); 1.63-1.49 (m,2H); 1.44-1.22 (m,1H); 1.06-0.86 (m,2H); 0.82 (d,y=6.6Hz? 3H). 21 Cl *** (300 MHz,DMSO-*,30 0C): 8.77 (dd,J= 4.6,1.6 Hz,lH); 8.72-8.55 (brm,1H),7.83 (dd5 J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.63-7.56 (m, 2H); 7.54 (dd, J =8.3? 4.6 Hz, 1H); 7.52-7.46 (m, 2H); 7.36-7.28 (m, 2H); 7.23-7.16 (m? 2H); 4.02 (s, 2H). -65- 200838865(61)16 Cl 0^-0 392,2 itisis ick-k (300 MHz5 CDC13j 30 °C): 8.75 (dd5 J=4.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.80 (dd, J=8.3, L6Hz, 1H); 7.55- 7.48 (m, 2H); 7.46-7.40 (m5 2H); 7.39 (dd5J = 8.3, 4.5 Hz, 1H); 2.68 (tt5 J = 12.0, 3.4 Hz, 1H); 1.98-1.72 (m, 4H); 1.70 -1.36 (m, 3H); 1.20-0.96 (m? 3H). 17 times itit itieit (300 MHz DMSO-do, 30 0C): 8.81 (dd, J= 4.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.86 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.60-7.54 (m, 3H); 7.37-7.26 (m? 5H); 7.16-7.11 (m5 2H); 4.61 (s, 2H). 18 Cl o^-oc 462, 1 ititic (300 MHz, CDC13? 30 °C): 8.71 (dd5J=4.651.7Hz5lH); 7.69 (dd, J=8.3? 1.7 Hz, 1H); 7.63-7.50 (m,6H); 7.50-7.38 (m , 5H); 7.32 (dd, J= 8.3, 4.6 Hz, 1H); 7.22-7.15 (m, 2H). 19 Cl Cl 421,2 it Λ* Λ (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6? 30 °C ): 8.83 (dd, J = 4.6, 1.6 Hz, lH); 7.83 (dd5 J=8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.75 (dt5 J = 7.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H); 7.62-7.51 (m, 5H) ; 7.29-7.21 (m, 3H). 20 Cl 〇^<>cH3 (300 MHz, DMSO-admin, 30 0C): 8.79 (dd, /=4.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.84 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz, lH); 7.64-7.50 (m, 5H); 3.42-3.28 (m, 2H); 2 .54-2.39 (m,2H); 1.63-1.49 (m,2H); 1.44-1.22 (m,1H); 1.06-0.86 (m,2H); 0.82 (d,y=6.6Hz? 3H). 21 Cl *** (300 MHz, DMSO-*, 30 0C): 8.77 (dd, J = 4.6, 1.6 Hz, lH); 8.72-8.55 (brm, 1H), 7.83 (dd5 J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H 7.63-7.56 (m, 2H); 7.54 (dd, J = 8.3? 4.6 Hz, 1H); 7.52-7.46 (m, 2H); 7.36-7.28 (m, 2H); 7.23-7.16 (m? 2H) ); 4.02 (s, 2H). -65- 200838865(61)

22 400,2 * 23 F ςφ。介 CH3 Cl 418,2 ★ 24 F Q^02-^CH3 ch3 397,5 * 25 Cl MS(EI) 463 ★ 26 ch3 0>^CH3 380,2 ie 27 ch3 〇^-〇~ch3 380,2 ★ 28 MS(EI) 453 * *** -66 - 200838865(62)22 400, 2 * 23 F ς φ. CH3 Cl 418,2 ★ 24 FQ^02-^CH3 ch3 397,5 * 25 Cl MS(EI) 463 ★ 26 ch3 0>^CH3 380,2 ie 27 ch3 〇^-〇~ch3 380,2 ★ 28 MS(EI) 453 * *** -66 - 200838865(62)

29 ό . ζΧ^。2·^ 395,2 * 30 ό , F MS (El): 412 ★ (500 MHz,DMSO-办,25 °C): 8.84 (dd5 J=4.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 8,23-8.19 (m,1H); 7.83 (dd,J = 8.3,1.6 Hz,1H); 7.64-7.59 (m, 2H); 7.57 (dd5 J =8.3, 4.5 Hz, 1H); 7.37-7.31 (m5 2H); 7.31-7.26 (m5 2H). 31 C1 ό F ζι>δ02^ 404,1 * 32 Γ^\^€η3 Ν」 CN 〇d-so^ MS(EI) 397 * 33 α q^s〇2^>_c1 Cl 455,1 •k-k 34 O^cf F 472,1 * -67- 200838865(63)29 ό . ζΧ^. 2·^ 395,2 * 30 ό , F MS (El): 412 ★ (500 MHz, DMSO-hand, 25 °C): 8.84 (dd5 J=4.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 8,23-8.19 ( m,1H); 7.83 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.64-7.59 (m, 2H); 7.57 (dd5 J = 8.3, 4.5 Hz, 1H); 7.37-7.31 (m5 2H); 7.31 -7.26 (m5 2H). 31 C1 ό F ζι>δ02^ 404,1 * 32 Γ^\^€η3 Ν" CN 〇d-so^ MS(EI) 397 * 33 α q^s〇2^> _c1 Cl 455,1 •kk 34 O^cf F 472,1 * -67- 200838865(63)

35 ch3 C〇-s〇2-cvci 400,2 * kisit 36 ch3 cn 〇C/S〇2^ MS(FIB) 398 it it 37 ch3 ό c, 〇C>S0^ 400,2 ύ 38 aci CN 411,2 ή ★ 39 Cl ό F 418,2 it 40 Cl ό F ζχ>8〇2-<4 CN 429,1 * ** -68- 200838865 (64)35 ch3 C〇-s〇2-cvci 400,2 * kisit 36 ch3 cn 〇C/S〇2^ MS(FIB) 398 it it 37 ch3 ό c, 〇C>S0^ 400,2 ύ 38 aci CN 411 , 2 ή ★ 39 Cl ό F 418,2 it 40 Cl ό F ζχ>8〇2-<4 CN 429,1 * ** -68- 200838865 (64)

41 α ζΧ^8〇2^3-α 456,1 it 42 crcx ζΧ>8〇2-〇~εΝ 411,2 it 43 α 456,0 it 44 α ch3 414,2 * 45 471,9 k 46 ο QC^sQ-CVa MS(EI) 394 * 47 ch3 464,1 ★ it -69- 200838865 (65)41 α ζΧ^8〇2^3-α 456,1 it 42 crcx ζΧ>8〇2-〇~εΝ 411,2 it 43 α 456,0 it 44 α ch3 414,2 * 45 471,9 k 46 ο QC^sQ-CVa MS(EI) 394 * 47 ch3 464,1 ★ it -69- 200838865 (65)

48 Cl Φ Q^S〇2^3-〇CH3 416,2 is * 49 Cl 0 H2NX^s。2仆1 436,6 it 50 Cl ch3 435,1 •k 51 Cl 〇x^〇2-q CN 446,2 52 CN 395,2 it * 53 Or^ 〇i^Q CN MS(EI) 390 it is-k 54 0 c, 404,3 * -70- 200838865 (66) 55 F J 384,0 ie ό Oc N广 >so厂〇-ch; 56 ζϊ h3c 428,2 57 Cl Λ 456,0 * • Cl ά w - 58 X Cl X/-s〇2-〇~ci (FAB) 438 (500 MHz,DMSO-办,25 °C): 7.99 (dd,J= 8.8, 7.5 Hz, 1H); 7.61-7.51 (m, 6H); 7.35 (dd? J = 8.8, 1.4 Hz, 1H); 7.31-7.24 (m5 2H). - 59 ch3 MS(FIB) 391 * * 0 CN 60 C>cl 421,1 ie 0 C/-s〇2-〇~ci -71 - 200838865 (67)48 Cl Φ Q^S〇2^3-〇CH3 416,2 is * 49 Cl 0 H2NX^s. 2 servant 1 436,6 it 50 Cl ch3 435,1 •k 51 Cl 〇x^〇2-q CN 446,2 52 CN 395,2 it * 53 Or^ 〇i^Q CN MS(EI) 390 it is -k 54 0 c, 404,3 * -70- 200838865 (66) 55 FJ 384,0 ie ό Oc N Guang>so factory〇-ch; 56 ζϊ h3c 428,2 57 Cl Λ 456,0 * • Cl ά w - 58 X Cl X/-s〇2-〇~ci (FAB) 438 (500 MHz, DMSO-do, 25 °C): 7.99 (dd, J= 8.8, 7.5 Hz, 1H); 7.61-7.51 (m, 6H); 7.35 (dd? J = 8.8, 1.4 Hz, 1H); 7.31-7.24 (m5 2H). - 59 ch3 MS(FIB) 391 * * 0 CN 60 C>cl 421,1 ie 0 C /-s〇2-〇~ci -71 - 200838865 (67)

61 〇^^CH3 384,0 ★ 62 Cl Q^〇2_Q_CH3 ch3 MS(EI) 413 •k 63 Cl 〇vs〇2^Q~CH3 Cl MS(EI) 433 ie 64 Cl CH3X^°^ CN 441,2 4e 65 Cl X^so^ CN 429,2 it (300 MHz,DMS0-i4 30 °C): 8.14 (ddd? J = 7.7, 1.5, 1.1 Hz, 1H); 8.00 (dd,J= 8.8, 7.5 Hz3 1H); 7.86 (ddd, J = 8.0, 2.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H); 7.75-7.65 (m5 2H); 7.59-7.51 (m5 2H); 7.36 (dd5J= 8.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7,27-7.19 (m,2H). 66 Or- 〇cfs〇2^ CN MS(FIB) 402 it -72- 200838865(68)61 〇^^CH3 384,0 ★ 62 Cl Q^〇2_Q_CH3 ch3 MS(EI) 413 •k 63 Cl 〇vs〇2^Q~CH3 Cl MS(EI) 433 ie 64 Cl CH3X^°^ CN 441,2 4e 65 Cl X^so^ CN 429,2 it (300 MHz, DMS0-i4 30 °C): 8.14 (ddd? J = 7.7, 1.5, 1.1 Hz, 1H); 8.00 (dd, J= 8.8, 7.5 Hz3 1H); 7.86 (ddd, J = 8.0, 2.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H); 7.75-7.65 (m5 2H); 7.59-7.51 (m5 2H); 7.36 (dd5J= 8.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7,27 -7.19 (m,2H). 66 Or- 〇cfs〇2^ CN MS(FIB) 402 it -72- 200838865(68)

67 /^V-〇ch3 O^〇2~<^ 、CN MS(FIB) 407 •k ie 68 Cl 〇^O~CT3 454,2 is 69 CN CN MS(EI) 401 * 70 Cl 6 丫 och3 Ovs〇2 w 416,2 ★ 71 Cl cxy-^><: 429,2 72 Cl 0 N°XX^〇i 466,1 ** 73 〇 >CN Cx^s〇2^ MS(EI) 377 -73- (69)20083886567 /^V-〇ch3 O^〇2~<^, CN MS(FIB) 407 •k ie 68 Cl 〇^O~CT3 454,2 is 69 CN CN(EI) 401 * 70 Cl 6 丫och3 Ovs〇2 w 416,2 ★ 71 Cl cxy-^><: 429,2 72 Cl 0 N°XX^〇i 466,1 ** 73 〇>CN Cx^s〇2^ MS(EI) 377 -73- (69)200838865

74 F ό CN Cl入N 人 S N-=/ MS(EI) 428 it 75 MS (El): 412 * ieieit (500 MHz,DMS0‘ 25 °C): 8.13 (dm, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H); 7.99 (dd,/=8.8, 7.6 Hz, 1H); 7.82 (dm, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H); 7.72-7,66 (m,2H); 7.36 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.4 Hz5 1H); 7.36-7.29 (m,2H); 7.29-7.22 (m,2H). 76 a clX^so^ MS(EI) 437 ieis 77 Cl MS(E1) 421 ή 78 F 388,2 * *** 79 Cl 2 X)^〇2^3-ci MS (El) 434 ★ it (300 MHz, CDCIb, 30 °C): 8.38-8.27 (brm, 1H); 7.50-7.38 (m,4H); 7.36-7.28 (m, 2H); 7.19-7.09 (m5 2H); 6.96-6.87 (brm,1H); 2·52 (vbrs, 2H). -74- 200838865 (70)74 F ό CN Cl into N person S N-=/ MS(EI) 428 it 75 MS (El): 412 * ieieit (500 MHz, DMS0' 25 °C): 8.13 (dm, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H) ; 7.99 (dd, /=8.8, 7.6 Hz, 1H); 7.82 (dm, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H); 7.72-7,66 (m,2H); 7.36 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.4 Hz5 1H) 7.36-7.29 (m,2H); 7.29-7.22 (m,2H). 76 a clX^so^ MS(EI) 437 ieis 77 Cl MS(E1) 421 ή 78 F 388,2 * *** 79 Cl 2 X)^〇2^3-ci MS (El) 434 ★ it (300 MHz, CDCIb, 30 °C): 8.38-8.27 (brm, 1H); 7.50-7.38 (m, 4H); 7.36-7.28 ( m, 2H); 7.19-7.09 (m5 2H); 6.96-6.87 (brm,1H); 2·52 (vbrs, 2H). -74- 200838865 (70)

80 Cl Φ Q^so2^^C1 Cl 455,9 * it-k 81 Cl F MS(EI) 451 * 82 F Q^〇2_^Q_CH3 幸承氺 ★ it it it 83 CN 411,2 * 84 h3c、 0 Q^〇2~Q 、CN MS(FIB) 407 ★ 85 514,2 * -75- 200838865(71)80 Cl Φ Q^so2^^C1 Cl 455,9 * it-k 81 Cl F MS(EI) 451 * 82 FQ^〇2_^Q_CH3 幸承氺★ it it it 83 CN 411,2 * 84 h3c, 0 Q^〇2~Q, CN MS(FIB) 407 ★ 85 514,2 * -75- 200838865(71)

S6 Cl ό . F MS (El): 462 it (500 MHz,DMS0‘ 25 °C): 8.22 (ddd, J = 8.4, 2.3, 1.3 Hz, 1H); 7.88 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H); 7.67-7.61 (m, 3H); 7.59-7.54 (m, 2H); 7.27-7.22 (m5 2H). 87 Cl F 422,2 88 Cl O^H: 428,1 * 89 Cl X^s〇2-<^m F MS (El): 435 •k (500 MHz,DMSO-办,25 °C): 7.99 (dd,J=8.7, 7.6 Hz, 1H); 7.60-7.55 (m, 2H); 7.45 (t,J= 7.7 Hz,1H); 7·35 (dd, J= 8,7, L3 Hz,1H); 7·30 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H); 7.29-7.25 (m5 2H); 7.12 (dd, J = 9.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H); 2.27 (d5J = 1.5 Hz, 3H). 90 Cl 0 CN Xms〇^ f MS (El): 446 * (500 MHz,DMSO-办,25 °C): 8.23 (dm, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H); 8.03 (dd,J= 8.8, 7.5 Hz, 1H); 7.67-7.61 (m, 2H); 7.59-7.54 (m,2H); 7.38 (dd,J = 8.8,1.4 Hz,1H); 7.28-7.22 (m, 2H). -76- 200838865(72)S6 Cl ό . F MS (El): 462 it (500 MHz, DMS0' 25 °C): 8.22 (ddd, J = 8.4, 2.3, 1.3 Hz, 1H); 7.88 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H) ; 7.67-7.61 (m, 3H); 7.59-7.54 (m, 2H); 7.27-7.22 (m5 2H). 87 Cl F 422,2 88 Cl O^H: 428,1 * 89 Cl X^s〇2 -<^m F MS (El): 435 • k (500 MHz, DMSO-do, 25 °C): 7.99 (dd, J=8.7, 7.6 Hz, 1H); 7.60-7.55 (m, 2H); 7.45 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H); 7·35 (dd, J= 8,7, L3 Hz, 1H); 7·30 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H); 7.29-7.25 ( M5 2H); 7.12 (dd, J = 9.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H); 2.27 (d5J = 1.5 Hz, 3H). 90 Cl 0 CN Xms〇^ f MS (El): 446 * (500 MHz, DMSO-do , 25 ° C): 8.23 (dm, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H); 8.03 (dd, J = 8.8, 7.5 Hz, 1H); 7.67-7.61 (m, 2H); 7.59-7.54 (m, 2H); 7.38 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.4 Hz, 1H); 7.28-7.22 (m, 2H). -76- 200838865 (72)

91 MS (El): 433 is ** (500 MHz,DMSO-办,25 °C): 8.84 (dd,J= 4.5, 1·6Ηζ, 1H); 8.23-8.19 (m,1H); 7.83 (dd5 J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz? 1H); 7.64-7.59 (m, 2H); 7.57 (dd5 J =8.3, 4.5 Hz5 1H); 737-7.31 (m,2H); 7.31-7,26 (m,2H); 3.90 (s, 3H). 92 6 Q^S02^Q-C1 MS(EI) 460 ★ 93 6 Q^s〇2^Q_ci MS(EI) 417 itit 94 ch3 ύ ζ^δ〇2^^α MS(EI) 406 头 95 ch3 Cl ch3 496,2 it* -77- (73) 200838865 (73)91 MS (El): 433 is ** (500 MHz, DMSO-admin, 25 °C): 8.84 (dd, J= 4.5, 1.6·1, 1H); 8.23-8.19 (m, 1H); 7.83 (dd5 J = 8.3, 1.6 Hz? 1H); 7.64-7.59 (m, 2H); 7.57 (dd5 J = 8.3, 4.5 Hz5 1H); 737-7.31 (m, 2H); 7.31-7, 26 (m, 2H) 3.90 (s, 3H). 92 6 Q^S02^Q-C1 MS(EI) 460 ★ 93 6 Q^s〇2^Q_ci MS(EI) 417 itit 94 ch3 ύ ζ^δ〇2^^α MS (EI) 406 head 95 ch3 Cl ch3 496,2 it* -77- (73) 200838865 (73)

96 ch3 N J CN ods〇2^4 F 416,1 * (500 MHz,DMSO·办,25 0C): 8.77 (dd,V= 4.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H); 8.55 (dd5/=8.4, 1.5 Hz, 1H); 8.36-8.29 (m5 2H); 8.19 (ddd5 J = 7.8, 2.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.54 (dd,V= 8·4,4·5 Hz, 1H); 3.27-3.18 (m5 2H); 3.03-2.95 (m,2H); 1.65-1.49 (m, 3H); 1.10-0.99 (m5 2H); 0.96 (d?J=6.4 Hz, 3H). 97 Cl MS (FAB): 453 * (500 MHz, CDC13? 25 °C): 8.38 (d? J= 2.3 Hz? 1H); 7.64 (d? J=2.3 Hz? 1H); 7.50-7.41 (m, 4H); 7.36-7.30 (m5 2H); 7.19-7.13 (m? 2H). 98 r>OH 〇^s°2^〇-ci MS(EI) 408 ★ 99 OH 0 Q^s〇2_^cl MS(EI) 408 100 ch3 、n-ch3 ζΧ^^〇·α 353,1 * 101 H3C-0 O C^s〇2-〇-ci 451,2 * -78- 200838865(74)96 ch3 NJ CN ods〇2^4 F 416,1 * (500 MHz, DMSO, 25 0C): 8.77 (dd, V= 4.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H); 8.55 (dd5/=8.4, 1.5 Hz, 1H); 8.36-8.29 (m5 2H); 8.19 (ddd5 J = 7.8, 2.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 7.54 (dd, V= 8·4, 4·5 Hz, 1H); 3.27-3.18 (m5 2H) 3.03-2.95 (m, 2H); 1.65-1.49 (m, 3H); 1.10-0.99 (m5 2H); 0.96 (d?J=6.4 Hz, 3H). 97 Cl MS (FAB): 453 * ( 500 MHz, CDC13? 25 °C): 8.38 (d? J= 2.3 Hz? 1H); 7.64 (d? J=2.3 Hz? 1H); 7.50-7.41 (m, 4H); 7.36-7.30 (m5 2H) 7.19-7.13 (m? 2H). 98 r>OH 〇^s°2^〇-ci MS(EI) 408 ★ 99 OH 0 Q^s〇2_^cl MS(EI) 408 100 ch3 , n-ch3 ζΧ^^〇·α 353,1 * 101 H3C-0 OC^s〇2-〇-ci 451,2 * -78- 200838865(74)

102 Cl ,ό (^)^so2^3-c. (500 MHz, DMSO-4 25 0C): 8.83 (dd,J=7.4? 5.4 Hz, 1H); 7.61-7.55 (m,2H); 7.52-7.44 (m,4H); 7.44 (dd,《/ = 11.2, 5.4 Hz, 1H); 7.28-7.23 (m? 2H). 103 Cl o„0 ^j^s〇2^fy.a 437,2 104 ch3 H2N ό XjC^s〇2^3~c, 422,2 4c 105 °^ch3 0 〇Ss〇2-^y-a MS(Fffi) 436 ie^eit 106 CHb 0 MS(EI) 407 ieit 107 ch3 ό ΗΟχχ^-^ 423,2 it 108 so2ch3 464,1 it it * -79- (75)200838865102 Cl , ό (^)^so2^3-c. (500 MHz, DMSO-4 25 0C): 8.83 (dd, J=7.4? 5.4 Hz, 1H); 7.61-7.55 (m, 2H); 7.52- 7.44 (m,4H); 7.44 (dd, "/ = 11.2, 5.4 Hz, 1H); 7.28-7.23 (m? 2H). 103 Cl o„0 ^j^s〇2^fy.a 437,2 104 Ch3 H2N ό XjC^s〇2^3~c, 422,2 4c 105 °^ch3 0 〇Ss〇2-^ya MS(Fffi) 436 ie^eit 106 CHb 0 MS(EI) 407 ieit 107 ch3 ό ΗΟχχ ^-^ 423,2 it 108 so2ch3 464,1 it it * -79- (75)200838865

109 CrF 404,1 it 110 ςτ CN o^s°2~<4 F MS (FAB): 412 it (400 MHz,DMSCM6,25 °C): 8.85 (dd5J= 4.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H); 8.24 (ddd, J = 8.5, 2.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H); 7.86 (dd5J= 8.3, 1.5 Hz,1H); 7,69-7.65 (m, 1H); 7.63 (ddd,J = 7.7, 2.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H); 7.60-7.51 (m? 2H); 7.46-7.38 (m? 1H); 7.13- 7.05 (m,2H)· 111 ch3 NH 0 NH QC^s°2〇-〇ch3 378,2 ieick 112 ch3 NH 0 NH 382,1 *** 113 421,3 it 114 Q^-〇-a 404,1 it -80- (76) 200838865 115 ςτ 419,1 ★ 晨 Η2Νχχ>--<>^ • 116 nhso2ch3 Λ MS(EI) 485 *** j CX/s〇2_^ci 117 0 〇 MS(EI) 426 ititis 〇C^s°-〇-cl 118 F Φ r\ MS(EI) 487 it is * - 〇^s〇2~〇-ci 119 MS it (400 MHz,DMSO-办,25 (FAB): °C): 8.51 (d,./=8.7Hz5 1H); - rC 440 8.02-7.94 (m, 2H); 7.78-7.70 (m,2H); 7.59 (d,J= 8.7 Hz, • 0 c,X^S〇2"^C1 1H); 3.23-3.11 (m5 2H); 3.06-2.96 (m,2H); 1.63-1.43 (m, 3H); L18-1.03 (m, 2H); 0.95 * (d, 7=6.3 Hz, 3H). -81 - (77) 200838865 (77)109 CrF 404,1 it 110 ςτ CN o^s°2~<4 F MS (FAB): 412 it (400 MHz, DMSCM6, 25 °C): 8.85 (dd5J= 4.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H); 8.24 (ddd, J = 8.5, 2.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H); 7.86 (dd5J= 8.3, 1.5 Hz, 1H); 7,69-7.65 (m, 1H); 7.63 (ddd, J = 7.7, 2.4, 1.7 Hz , 1H); 7.60-7.51 (m? 2H); 7.46-7.38 (m? 1H); 7.13- 7.05 (m, 2H)· 111 ch3 NH 0 NH QC^s°2〇-〇ch3 378,2 ieick 112 Ch3 NH 0 NH 382,1 *** 113 421,3 it 114 Q^-〇-a 404,1 it -80- (76) 200838865 115 ςτ 419,1 ★ Morning 2Νχχ>--<>^ • n ( ^ ^ ^ C C C - 〇^s〇2~〇-ci 119 MS it (400 MHz, DMSO-do, 25 (FAB): °C): 8.51 (d,./=8.7Hz5 1H); - rC 440 8.02-7.94 (m , 2H); 7.78-7.70 (m, 2H); 7.59 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, • 0 c, X^S〇2"^C1 1H); 3.23-3.11 (m5 2H); 3.06-2.96 (m , 2H); 1.63-1.43 (m, 3H); L18-1.03 (m, 2H); 0.95 * (d, 7=6.3 Hz, 3H). -81 - (77) 200838865 (77)

120 H3Y^ k/N 〇 NH Q^S02-Q^0CH3 446,3 121 〇y° 〇C^^Q~cl 436,2 icicis 122 ^丫。 Q^so2hQ-ci 451,2 isitie 123 Cl X^s〇2~^a MS (El): 437 ★ NMR (500 MHz, CDC135 25 0C): 8.62 (dd,J= 2.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H); 7.49-7.42 (m, 4H); 7.40 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H); 7.35-7.30 (m,2H); 7.18-7.14 (m,2H). 124 Cl cn^-Γ 0 472,3 125 Cl nh2 φΤ)-δ〇2-^α 436,1 is 126 F 〇φ〇2{^_·3 418,2 it -82- 200838865 (78)120 H3Y^ k/N 〇 NH Q^S02-Q^0CH3 446,3 121 〇y° 〇C^^Q~cl 436,2 icicis 122 ^丫. Q^so2hQ-ci 451,2 isitie 123 Cl X^s〇2~^a MS (El): 437 ★ NMR (500 MHz, CDC135 25 0C): 8.62 (dd, J= 2.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H); 7.49-7.42 (m, 4H); 7.40 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H); 7.35-7.30 (m, 2H); 7.18-7.14 (m, 2H). 124 Cl cn^-Γ 0 472, 3 125 Cl nh2 φΤ)-δ〇2-^α 436,1 is 126 F 〇φ〇2{^_·3 418,2 it -82- 200838865 (78)

127 F 418,2 * 128 Crcx Q^S02^^0CH3 F 434,2 ie 129 Q cx^s〇2^y~a MS(EI) 378 * 130 F 〇C/s〇2^IVc, 422,1 * 131 H2NX)^o- 419,2 it 132 o&f F 413,2 ie 133 Q^s〇2^J_cl MS(EI) 376 -83- 200838865(79)127 F 418,2 * 128 Crcx Q^S02^^0CH3 F 434,2 ie 129 Q cx^s〇2^y~a MS(EI) 378 * 130 F 〇C/s〇2^IVc, 422,1 * 131 H2NX)^o- 419,2 it 132 o&f F 413,2 ie 133 Q^s〇2^J_cl MS(EI) 376 -83- 200838865(79)

134 (5 N ^ CX^s〇2-€Vc, MS(EI) 428 135 464,2 ** 136 αα. ζΧ>8〇2^4 F 429,2 * 137 f φτ XX>s〇2-€Vc, 422,1 * 138 ςτ、 CIxxhl^4 F 447,2 •k 139 c^F - F 431,1 •k 140 Qci-S〇2-〇-Ci 423,4 * -84- 200838865 (80)134 (5 N ^ CX^s〇2-€Vc, MS(EI) 428 135 464,2 ** 136 αα. ζΧ>8〇2^4 F 429,2 * 137 f φτ XX>s〇2-€ Vc, 422,1 * 138 ςτ, CIxxhl^4 F 447,2 •k 139 c^F - F 431,1 •k 140 Qci-S〇2-〇-Ci 423,4 * -84- 200838865 (80)

* Kj <500nM ** 500nM<Ki< 1500nM *** Ki>1500nM* Kj <500nM ** 500nM<Ki< 1500nM *** Ki>1500nM

從 Varian Unity Inova 300、Varian Unity Inova 500 或從Varian V-400光譜儀得1H NMR光譜。化學位移是以 距TMS的ppm表示。 本發明進一步由下列非限制用實例說明。 實例 實例1 (4-氯-苯基)-(2 -氯-卩比0定-3-基)-甲丽 中間物(II) 亞硫醯二氯(15 ml,0·2 mol)及DMF (0·5 ml)逐滴加 至2-氯-菸鹼酸(31.5 g,0,2 mol)於氯苯 (100 ml)中之懸 浮液,反應混合物在120 °C攪拌4小時。 氯化鋁 (33 g,0.25 mol)於0 °C下加至反應混合 物,沸騰6小時。反應混合物倒至冰(100 ml),加入乙酸 乙酯(100 ml)。混合物在室溫攪拌半小時。PH藉由氫氧化 鈉水溶液(40%)調整至8。過濾所得乳液,將濾液分離及 以乙酸乙酯(2x50 ml)萃取。有機相以水(100 ml)清洗,以 Na2S04乾燥及在真空濃縮。粗產物自異丙醇(20 ml)結 -85- 200838865 (81) 晶,製得19· 5 g (3 4%)標題化合物。 • 由2-氯-5-硝基-菸鹼酸開始進行相同反應(Klunder,J· M. et al. J. Med. C hem. 1 992,35,1 8 8 7.) 實例2 (4_氯-苯基)-(2-氫硫基-吡啶-3-基)-甲酮鹽酸鹽 硫脲(15.6 g,0,200 mmol)於水(50 ml)及乙醇(251H NMR spectra were obtained from a Varian Unity Inova 300, a Varian Unity Inova 500 or from a Varian V-400 spectrometer. Chemical shifts are expressed in ppm from TMS. The invention is further illustrated by the following non-limiting examples. EXAMPLES Example 1 (4-Chloro-phenyl)-(2-chloro-indole ratio 0-but-3-yl)-Kelly intermediate (II) Thionine dichloride (15 ml, 0.2 mol) and DMF (0.5 ml) was added dropwise to a suspension of 2-chloro-nicotinic acid (31.5 g, 0,2 mol) in chlorobenzene (100 ml), and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C for 4 hours. Aluminum chloride (33 g, 0.25 mol) was added to the reaction mixture at 0 ° C and allowed to boil for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice (100 ml) and ethyl acetate (100 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for half an hour. The pH was adjusted to 8 by an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (40%). The resulting emulsion was filtered, and the filtrate was separated and ethyl acetate (2x 50 ml). The organic phase was washed with water (100 ml) dried over Na2ss The crude product was crystallized from isopropanol (20 ml) eluted eluted eluted eluted elute • Start the same reaction with 2-chloro-5-nitro-nicotinic acid (Klunder, J. M. et al. J. Med. C hem. 1 992, 35, 1 8 8 7.) Example 2 (4 _Chloro-phenyl)-(2-Homothio-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone hydrochloride thiourea (15.6 g, 0,200 mmol) in water (50 ml) and ethanol (25

ml)中之溶液逐滴加至 (4-氯-苯基)-(2-氯-吡啶-3-基)-甲 酮 (7.65 g,30 mmol)於乙醇 (20 m 1)中之懸浮液。反應 混合物加熱24小時,然後冷卻至〇°C並攪拌2-3小時。將 沉澱物過濾掉,以水清洗,及以NaOH溶液 (2·5 g NaOH 於6 0 m 1水中)在室溫攪拌一小時。將混合物過濾掉,濾 液以6N鹽酸水溶液調整至PH 1。將產物過濾出及以水清 洗,製得6.48 g (76 %)標題化合物。 實例3 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶 製備式(la)化合物之一般方法 至(4-氯-苯基)-(2-氫硫基-吡啶-1-基)-甲酮鹽酸鹽 (0.7 g,2.4 mmol)於 DMF (1 5 ml)中之溶液加入(4-氯-苯基)-氯甲基楓(0·7 g,3.0 mmol)及 NaOMe (0·28 g, 5.0 mmol)。反應混合物維持在1 2 0 - 1 3 0 °C 溫度2小時, 接著在真空下蒸發。將水(15 ml)加至殘餘物,及以三氯 甲烷(3x20 ml)萃取。有機相以Na2S04乾燥,加以過濾及 -86 - 200838865 (82) 在 真 空 下濃縮 。粗 產物自包含 10% 二氯 甲烷之乙ί 駿結晶純 化 之 製得〇 •71 g 標題化合物 〇 化 合物 1-14 、16 、 17 、 1 8、 19、 22 &gt; 23 &gt; 24 、26- 3 1 33 1-35、 37、 39-41 、 44 、 4 5, 、48 、54-56 、 59 、61- 63 Λ 68 、70、 72、 78 、 80 、 82 、 87 &gt; 88 及9 1係j 以相同反 應 製 備 。不同 氯甲 基礪試劑可以購 買方 式或者由 Y. Yinfa 等乂 之节法{Synth. Communication. ,2004,34, 13, 2 4 4 3)The solution in ml) was added dropwise to a suspension of (4-chloro-phenyl)-(2-chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (7.65 g, 30 mmol) in ethanol (20 m 1) . The reaction mixture was heated for 24 hours, then cooled to 〇 ° C and stirred for 2-3 hours. The precipitate was filtered off, washed with water, and stirred with NaOH solution (2·5 g NaOH in 60 mL of water) at room temperature for one hour. The mixture was filtered off and the filtrate was adjusted to pH 1 with 6N aqueous hydrochloric acid. The product was filtered off and washed with water to give crystallites. Example 3 General procedure for the preparation of a compound of formula (la) by 2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine to (4-chloro (4-Chloro-phenyl) is added to a solution of phenyl)-(2-hydrothio-pyridin-1-yl)-methanone hydrochloride (0.7 g, 2.4 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) -Chloromethyl maple (0·7 g, 3.0 mmol) and NaOMe (0·28 g, 5.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was maintained at a temperature of 1 2 0 - 130 ° C for 2 hours, followed by evaporation under vacuum. Water (15 ml) was added to the residue and extracted with dichloromethane (3×20 ml). The organic phase was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified from the crystals of ethyl acetate containing 10% methylene chloride. </ RTI> 71 g of the title compound 〇 compound 1-14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 22 &gt; 23 &gt; 24, 26- 3 1 33 1-35, 37, 39-41, 44, 4 5, 48, 54-56, 59, 61- 63 Λ 68, 70, 72, 78, 80, 82, 87 &gt; 88 and 9 1 j Prepared in the same reaction. Different chloromethyl hydrazine reagents can be purchased by the buyer or by the method of Y. Yinfa et al. {Synth. Communication. , 2004, 34, 13, 2 4 4 3)

製備。 實例4 3-(4_氯苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶-2-磺酸 (4-氯-苯 基)-醯胺 (化合物15) N-(4 -氯·苯基)氯甲院磺醯胺(〇·265 g,1.1 mmol)(中 間物A)、(4-氯-苯基)-(2-氫硫基·吡啶-3-基)-甲酮鹽酸鹽 (0·29 g,1 mmol)(實例 2)及 NaOCH3 (0.12 g,2.2 mmol) 於DMF (5 ml)中之混合物在13 0°C下攪拌2小時。然後再 真空下移除溶劑,將水(15 ml)加至殘餘物,所得混合物 以三氯甲烷(15-15 ml)萃取三次。將有機相乾燥及濃縮。 殘餘物以正己烷(1 〇 ml)硏磨,將正己烷倒掉後,油性產 物經由管柱層析(Kieselgel 60,洗提液:三氯甲烷:甲醇 =98:2)純化,製得〇.225 g (52 %)標題化合物。 N_(4-氯-苯基)_氯甲烷楓醯胺 -87- 200838865 (83) (中間物A ) 至4-氯苯胺(0.65 g ; 5.0 mmol)於二氯甲烷 (10 ml) 中之經攪拌溶液加入TEA (1.4 m卜1〇 mmol)。將所得溶 液冷卻至5 °C,逐滴加入氯甲院磺醯基氯 (〇. 9 m 1,1 0 mmol)於二氯甲烷 (5 ml)中之溶液,且將溫度維持在5 °C。加入完成後,反應混合物在1 〇 °C下攪拌3 0分鐘,然 後在周溫下攪拌2 0小時。將反應混合物蒸發至乾燥,加 入2 N NaOH水溶液(25 ml ; 50 mmol),及攪拌混合物2 小時。然後溶液以HC1水溶液中和至pH = 7,及以乙酸乙 酯(3 0-3 0 ml)萃取三次。將有機相乾燥及濃縮。粗產物經 由管柱層析(Kieselgel 60,洗提液:正己烷:乙酸乙酯= 2:1)純化,製得0.7 g (58 %)爲結晶物質之標題化合物。 熔點:1 0 2 · 1 0 4 °C。 實例5 φ 3- (4-氯苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶-2-磺酸4-氯-苄基醯 胺 (化合物2 1) 標題化合物係從&gt;^-(4_氯-苄基)_氯甲烷_磺醯胺(中間 物A)及 (4-氯-苯基)-(2-氫硫基-吡啶-〗_基)_甲酮鹽酸鹽 (實例2)根據實例4所述方法而加以製備。粗產物經由管 柱層析(Kieselgel 60,洗提液:正己烷:乙酸乙酯=2:1)純 化,製得0.2 g (45 %)標題化合物。 -88- 200838865 (84) N-(4-氯-苄基-)氯甲烷楓醯胺 (中間物A ) 標題化合物(中間物A)係從4-氯苄基胺及氯曱烷磺醯 基氯根據實例4所述方法而加以製備。所得化合物經由管 柱層析純化,製得(5 4%)結晶產物。 熔點:91-92 °C。 實例6 3-(4-氯苯基)-2-(4-甲基-哌啶-1-磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶 (化合物20) 標題化合物係從1-氯甲烷磺醯基-4-甲基哌啶(中間物 A)及 (4-氯·苯基)-(2-氫硫基-吡啶-1-基)-甲酮鹽酸鹽(實 例2)根據實例3所述方法而加以製備。粗產物經由管柱 層析(Kieselgel 60,洗提液:正己烷:乙酸乙酯=1:1)純 化,製得0.23 g (56 %)標題化合物。 1-氯甲烷磺醯基-4-甲基哌啶 (中間物A) 至4-甲基哌啶(0.6 mi ; 1 〇 mmol)於一氯甲烷(1 〇 ml)中之經攪拌溶液加入tea (1.4 m卜1〇 mmo1)。所得溶 液冷卻至5 °C,逐滴加入氯甲烷磺醯基氯(0 ·4 ml,4 · 4 mmol)於二氯甲烷(5 ml)中之溶液,且將溫度維持在5 °C。加入完成後’反應混合物在1 〇 °C下攪拌3 0分鐘,然 -89- 200838865 (85) 後在周溫下攪拌4小時。反應混合物以二氯甲烷(1 〇 ml) - 稀釋及以〇·5 N鹽酸水溶液(10-10 ml)清洗兩次,然後以 . 水清洗。將有機相乾燥及濃縮。粗產物以正己烷(5 ml) 固化,然後自正己院:乙酸乙酯(3:1)混合物 (4 ml)結 晶,製得〇·45 g (48 %)爲結晶物質之標題化合物。 熔點:9 0 - 9 2 °C。preparation. Example 4 3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-2-sulfonic acid (4-chloro-phenyl)-decylamine (Compound 15) N-(4-Chloro-Benzene Sulfhydramide (〇·265 g, 1.1 mmol) (intermediate A), (4-chloro-phenyl)-(2-hydrothio-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone hydrochloride A mixture of the salt (0·29 g, 1 mmol) (Example 2) and Na.sub.3.sub.3 (0.12 g, 2.2 mmol) in DMF (5 ml). The solvent was then removed under vacuum, water (15 ml) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted three times with chloroform (15-15 ml). The organic phase is dried and concentrated. The residue was honed in n-hexane (1 〇ml). After the hexane was poured off, the oily product was purified by column chromatography (Kieselgel 60, eluent: chloroform:methanol = 98:2) to yield oxime. .225 g (52%) of the title compound. N_(4-Chloro-phenyl)-chloromethanebeline-87-200838865 (83) (Intermediate A) to 4-chloroaniline (0.65 g; 5.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml) The solution was added to TEA (1.4 m Bu 1 mmol). The resulting solution was cooled to 5 ° C, and a solution of chloromethyl sulfonyl chloride (〇 9 m 1, 10 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) was added dropwise, and the temperature was maintained at 5 ° C. . After the addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred at 1 ° C for 30 minutes, and then stirred at ambient temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness <~~~~~~~ The solution was then neutralized to pH = 7 with an aqueous solution of HCl and extracted three times with ethyl acetate (3 0 - 0 0 ml). The organic phase is dried and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting elut elut elut elut elut eluting Melting point: 1 0 2 · 1 0 4 °C. Example 5 φ 3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-2-sulfonic acid 4-chloro-benzyl decylamine (Compound 2 1) The title compound is from &gt;^-( 4_Chloro-benzyl)-chloromethane_sulfonamide (intermediate A) and (4-chloro-phenyl)-(2-hydrothio-pyridine-yl)-methanone hydrochloride (example) 2) Prepared according to the method described in Example 4. The crude product was purified by EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc) -88- 200838865 (84) N-(4-Chloro-benzyl-)-chloromethanelineamine (Intermediate A) The title compound (Intermediate A) is from 4-chlorobenzylamine and chlorodecanesulfonyl. Chlorine was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 4. The obtained compound was purified by column chromatography to give (5 4%) of crystal product. Melting point: 91-92 °C. Example 6 3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-sulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Compound 20) The title compound is from 1- Methyl chlorosulfonyl-4-methylpiperidine (intermediate A) and (4-chlorophenyl)-(2-hydrothio-pyridin-1-yl)-methanone hydrochloride (Example 2) Prepared according to the method described in Example 3. The crude product was purified by EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc) 1-chloromethanesulfonyl-4-methylpiperidine (Intermediate A) to 4-methylpiperidine (0.6 mi; 1 〇mmol) in chloroform (1 〇ml) with stirring solution added to tea (1.4 m Bu 1〇mmo1). The resulting solution was cooled to 5 ° C, and a solution of chloromethanesulfonyl chloride (0·4 ml, 4·4 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) was added dropwise, and the temperature was maintained at 5 °C. After the addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred at 1 ° C for 30 minutes, then -89-200838865 (85) and stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (1 〇 ml) - and washed twice with EtOAc (5-10 mL) and then water. The organic phase is dried and concentrated. The crude product was crystallized from n-hexane (5 ml), then crystallised from EtOAc (3:1). Melting point: 9 0 - 9 2 °C.

實例7 2-(4 -氯-本礦酸基)-嚷吩並[2,3-b]卩比卩定-3-基胺 製備中間物(IV)之一般方法: 3 -氨基卩比Π疋-2 -硫醇 (6.8 g,50 mmol)、氯甲基-(4-氯-苯基)-颯(12.3 g,55 mmol)及甲氧化鈉(3.0 g,55 mmol)於無水N,N-二甲基甲醯胺 (150 ml)中之溶液在 1201下攪拌2小時。反應混合物冷卻至室溫,及將水 (150 ml)倒入。將固體過濾出,加以清洗(H20)及乾燥,製 得13.7 g (84%)標題化合物_ 實例8 3-溴-2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶 製備中間物(V)之一般方法: 至無水溴化銅(II) (1 1.2 g,50 mmol)及亞硝酸第三丁 酯 (9 ·0 ml,75 mmol)於無水乙腈(100ml)中之混合物在氬 氛圍中將2-(4-氯-苯礦釀基)-嚷吩並[2,3-b]卩比B定-3-基胺 (10.7 g &gt; 34 mmol)中間物(IV)逐部分地加入,且將溫度 -90 - 200838865 (86) 維持7 0 °C之下。反應混合物維持在6 5 °C下1 · 5小時,然後 • 冷卻至室溫。將結晶產物過濾出,及以乙腈清洗’製得純 產物(7.7 g,58.3%)。 實例9 2- (3-氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(3-氟-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶,(化合物1 1〇)Example 7 General procedure for the preparation of intermediate (IV) by 2-(4-chloro-benzonic acid)-indolo[2,3-b]indolepyrimidin-3-ylamine: 3-aminopyridinium疋-2-thiol (6.8 g, 50 mmol), chloromethyl-(4-chloro-phenyl)-indole (12.3 g, 55 mmol) and sodium methoxide (3.0 g, 55 mmol) in anhydrous N, The solution in N-dimethylformamide (150 ml) was stirred at 1201 for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and water (150 ml) was poured. The solid was filtered, washed (H20) and dried to give 13.7 g (yield: 84%) of the title compound. b] General procedure for the preparation of the intermediate (V) of pyridine: to anhydrous copper (II) bromide (1 1.2 g, 50 mmol) and butyl nitrite (9 · 0 ml, 75 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (100 ml) a mixture of 2-(4-chloro-benzene ore)-嚷-[2,3-b]卩 in the argon atmosphere than B--3-amine (10.7 g &gt; 34 mmol) Substance (IV) was added in portions and maintained at a temperature of -90 - 200838865 (86) at 70 °C. The reaction mixture was maintained at 65 ° C for 1.5 hours and then • cooled to room temperature. The crystalline product was filtered off and washed with acetonitrile to give a pure product (7.7 g, 58.3%). Example 9 2-(3-Cyano-5-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, (Compound 1 1〇)

製備式(lb)化合物之一般方法: 3- 溴-2-(3-氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶 (實例8) (〇·2 g,0.5 mmol)在氬氛圍下溶於甲苯 (4 ml) 及乙醇(4.5 ml)。至 Pd(PPh3)4 溶液(28mg,0.025 mmol) 加入3-氟苯基硼酸 (85 mg,0.6 mmol)及2M Na2C03溶 液(2.3 ml)。反應混合物回流1.5-2小時,然後在真空中 將有機溶劑蒸發。水(1 〇 m 1)加至殘餘物’所得懸浮液以 三氯甲烷 (3x10 ml)萃取三次。有機相以水 (5.0 ml)清 洗,以Na2S04乾燥,加以過濾,及在真空下濃縮。粗產 物經由管柱層析(Kieselgel 60,三氯甲烷:甲醇 =5:0.05) 純化,製得〇· 1 g (25 %)標題化合物。 化合物 38、42、52、53、60、66、67、69、71、 73、 83、 84、 108-110、 113、 114、 126-128、 130、 132、 1 3 6及1 3 7係根據如上所述製程製備。 實例1〇 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-甲基-哌啶基)·噻吩並[2,3- -91 - 200838865 (87) b ]啦D定, (化合物36) 合成一些式(Ic)化合物的一般方法(流程圖3a):General procedure for the preparation of compounds of formula (lb): 3-bromo-2-(3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Example 8) (〇·2 g, 0.5 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (4 ml) and ethanol (4.5 ml) under argon. To a Pd(PPh3)4 solution (28 mg, 0.025 mmol) was added 3-fluorophenylboronic acid (85 mg, 0.6 mmol) and 2M Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (2.3 mL). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 1.5 to 2 hours, and then the organic solvent was evaporated in vacuo. Water (1 〇 m 1) was added to the residue. The resulting suspension was extracted three times with chloroform (3×10 ml). The organic phase was washed with water (5.0 ml), dried over Na. The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting elut elut elut elut elut elut Compounds 38, 42, 52, 53, 60, 66, 67, 69, 71, 73, 83, 84, 108-110, 113, 114, 126-128, 130, 132, 1 3 6 and 1 3 7 are based on Prepared as described above. Example 1 2-(3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-methyl-piperidinyl)-thieno[2,3--91-200838865 (87) b] (Compound 36) General procedure for the synthesis of some compounds of formula (Ic) (Scheme 3a):

3-溴- 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶(根據實 例 8 製備)(2.18 g,5.75 mmol)及 4-甲基-哌啶(2.〇 ml,17 mmol)溶於DMF (9 ml)及在氬中加熱至l〇〇°c達 1小時。將反應混合物冷卻,加入水 (60ml)及以三氯甲 烷(3x20ml)萃取。有機層以水清洗(2 X 20ml),加以乾燥及 在真空下蒸發。粗產物經由層析(Kieselgel 60,己烷:乙酸 乙酯=2:1)純化,製得 1.64 g (72.4%)。 所製備類似化合物爲32、36、46、92-96、98- 1 00、 106、 116-118、 129、 133、 134、 140 and 141 ° 實例11 N-[2-(4-甲氧基-苯磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶-3-基]-4 -甲基-哌D定- Ι- carbox醯胺(化合物120) 合成一些式(Ic)化合物的一般方法(流程圖3b): 2-(4-甲氧基-苯磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶-3_基-胺 (IV)(根據實例7製備)(0.48 g,1.5 mmol)懸浮於乾燥的 四氫呋喃,加入三乙胺(〇· 3 ml,2 mmol),及將溶於四氫 呋喃之三光氣(0.18 g 0.6 mmol)滴入。1小時後,在室溫 下攪拌,加入4_甲基-峨啶 (0.36 ml,3 mm〇l),及持續 攪拌20小時。混合物在真空中蒸發,殘餘物溶於三氯甲 烷,以水清洗,加以乾燥及在真空中蒸發。經由快速層析 -92- 200838865 (88) 純化,製得標題化合物(0.43 g,65 %)。 • 應用上述製程製備下列化合物:111、112、120- 122 ° 實例12 2-(4-氯-苯礦釀基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-喧吩並[2,3-1&gt;]卩比|1定-5 -基胺 (化合物79) 將 SnCl2 2H20 (2· 19 g,9.7 1 mmol) —次全部加至2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-5-硝基-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶 (實例3,化合物72) (0.90 g,1.93 mmol)於乙酸乙酯(12 ml)中之溶液。反應混合物在70°C攪拌1小時。混合物倒 至裝有冰之燒瓶及以NaHC03溶液(10%)中和,然後加入 二氯甲烷 (60 ml),及將有機層分離出。水相以二氯甲烷 (2x3 0 ml)萃取。收集有機相,以Na2S04乾燥,加以過濾 及在真空濃縮。殘餘物進行管柱層析(Si02,環己烷:丙酮 =7:3),製得 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶-5-基胺(0·46 g,產率:55%)。 實例13 N-[2-(4 -氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]哏; 啶-5-基]-甲烷磺醯胺(化合物85) 甲烷磺醯基氯(〇·〇25 g,0·22 mmol)—次全部加至2-(4-氯-苯礦釀基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-嚷吩並[2,3-b]D]:t D定-5-基胺 -93- 200838865 (89) (0.095 g,0.22 mmol)(實例12)之吡啶溶液(2 ml)。反應 混合物回流3小時。然後在真空中蒸發溶劑,殘餘物懸浮 於甲醇(5 ml)及加以過濾。將水(10 ml)加至濾液,所形 成混合物以二氯甲烷(2x10 ml)萃取。收集有機相,加以 乾燥,過濾及在真空濃縮。收集晶體,以冷甲醇清洗及進 行過濾,製得(73 mg,產率:65%)標題化合物。3-bromo-2-(3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (prepared according to Example 8) (2.18 g, 5.75 mmol) and 4-methyl-piperidine ( 2. 〇ml, 17 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (9 ml) and heated to 1 ° C for 1 hour in argon. The reaction mixture was cooled, water (60 mL) was evaporated and evaporated. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 20 mL), dried and evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography (Kieselgel 60, hexane:ethyl acetate = 2:1) to yield 1.64 g (72.4%). The similar compounds prepared were 32, 36, 46, 92-96, 98-100, 106, 116-118, 129, 133, 134, 140 and 141 ° Example 11 N-[2-(4-methoxy- Phenylsulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-methyl-piperidin D-indole-carboxamide (Compound 120) General method for the synthesis of some compounds of formula (Ic) (Scheme 3b): 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl-amine (IV) (prepared according to Example 7) (0.48 g, 1.5 mmol) was suspended in dry tetrahydrofuran, triethylamine (〇·3 ml, 2 mmol) was added, and triphosgene (0.18 g 0.6 mmol) dissolved in tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise. After 1 hour, stir at room temperature, add 4-methyl-acridine (0.36 ml, 3 mm 〇l), and continue stirring for 20 hours. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with water, dried and evaporated. The title compound (0.43 g, 65%) was obtained. • The following compounds were prepared using the above procedure: 111, 112, 120-122 ° Example 12 2-(4-Chloro-phenylene-branched)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-non-pheno[2,3- 1&gt;]卩 ratio|1定-5-ylamine (compound 79) SnCl2 2H20 (2·19 g, 9.7 1 mmol) was added all the time to 2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-5-nitro-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Example 3, Compound 72) (0.90 g, 1.93 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 70 ° C for 1 hour. The mixture was poured into an ice-cold flask and neutralized with a NaHC03 solution (10%), then dichloromethane (60 ml) was added and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic phase was collected, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was subjected to column chromatography (SiO 2 , cyclohexane: acetone = 7:3) to give 2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thiophene [ 2,3-b]pyridine-5-ylamine (0.46 g, yield: 55%). Example 13 N-[2-(4-Chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]indole; pyridine-5-yl]-methanesulfonate Amine (Compound 85) Methanesulfonyl chloride (〇·〇25 g, 0·22 mmol)—all added to 2-(4-chloro-benzene ore)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl) - 嚷-[2,3-b]D]: t D-1,4-amine-93-200838865 (89) (0.095 g, 0.22 mmol) (Example 12) pyridine solution (2 ml). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 hours. The solvent was then evaporated in vacuo and the residue was crystalljjjjjjjj Water (10 ml) was added to the filtrate, and the resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2×10 ml). The organic phase was collected, dried, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crystals were collected, washed with cold methanol and filtered to yield (yield: 73 mg, yield: 65%).

實例14 5-氯- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)·噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶(化合物97) 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡 啶-5-基胺(實例 12) (0·69 g,1·58 mmol)、濃 HC1 (6 ml) 及水(4 ml)之懸浮液冷卻至0 °C,及加入N aN〇2 (3 ml, 0.11 g,1.5 8 mmol)之冰冷水溶液。混合物在〇°C下攪拌半 小時。然後冷卻,及將Cu(I)Cl (0.188 g,1.9 mmol)之濃 HC1 (4 ml)溶液一次全部加入。混合物溫熱至室溫,然後 浸入60°C油浴中1小時。冷卻之混合物倒至冰(10g),以 NaHC03溶液(10%)中和及以二氯甲烷(3x50 ml)萃取。收 集有機相,以Na2S04乾燥之,加以過瀘及在真空濃縮。 殘餘物經由管柱層析(Si02,環己烷:丙酮=7:3)純化,製 得標題化合物(0.27 g,38%)。 實例15 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4_氯-苯基)-5-氟-噻吩並[2,3-1)] -94- (90) 200838865 吡啶(化合物I23) 2-(4 -氯-苯礦釀基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-嚷吩並[2,3-b]啦 啶-5-基胺(0.50 g,1·14 mmol)(實例 12)、濃 HC1 (8 ml)Example 14 5-Chloro-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Compound 97) 2-(4-Chlorine -Benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-ylamine (Example 12) (0·69 g, 1.58 mmol), thick A suspension of HCl (6 ml) and water (4 ml) was cooled to 0 °C, and aq. EtOAc (3 mL, 0.11 g, The mixture was stirred at 〇 ° C for half an hour. It was then cooled and a solution of Cu(I)Cl (0.188 g, 1.9 mmol) in concentrated HCl (4 ml) was added at once. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and then immersed in a 60 ° C oil bath for 1 hour. The cooled mixture was poured into ice (10 g), EtOAc (EtOAc) The organic phase was collected, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by EtOAc EtOAcjjjjjjj Example 15 2-(4-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-fluoro-thieno[2,3-1)]-94- (90) 200838865 Pyridine (compound) I23) 2-(4-Chloro-phenylene ortho)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-indeno[2,3-b]acridin-5-ylamine (0.50 g,1·14 Mmmol) (Example 12), concentrated HC1 (8 ml)

及水(4 ml)之懸浮液冷卻至〇°C,然後加入NaN02冰冷水 溶液(5 ml,0.0 84 g,1.2 1 mmol)。混合物在〇°c下攪拌半 小時。然後冷卻,N a B F 4 (〇 · 1 7 6 g ’ 1 · 5 9 m m ο 1)水溶液一 次全部加入。混合物〇°C下攪拌半小時及加以過濾。所得 固體以冷水、甲醇清洗,及乾燥整夜。化合物在 179-182 °C下熔化及攪拌分鐘。然後混合物冷卻至室溫,及 進行管柱層析(Si02,環己烷:丙酮=9:1),製得5-氟化合 物(0 · 1 2 6 g,2 5 %)。 實例16 3-溴-2-(3 -氰基-5-氟·苯磺醯基)·噻吩並[2,3-b]吡陡-N-氧化物 製備中間物X之一般方法: 至3-溴-2-(3-氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶 (3.51 g,8.8 mmol)於三氯甲烷(130 ml)中之溶液加入間· 氯過氧基苯甲酸(6.08 g,35 mmol,77%),反應混合物在 室溫攪拌整夜。所得溶液以NaHC03 (10%,3 X 50 ml)清 洗然後以水清洗兩次(25 ml),以Na2S04乾燥之,加以過 濾’及在真空下濃縮。粗產物以乙醚處理純化之,製得 3·06 g (84%)標題化合物。 -95- 200838865 (91) 實例17 3-溴-2-(4-氯·苯磺醯基)-5-硝基-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶- N-氧化物 製備中間物XI之一般方法: 3_溴-2_(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶-N-氧化物 (如實例16所述般製備)(4.95 g,12.2mmol)在120°C下以 70%硝酸(0.75ml,12 mmol)的乙酸溶液沸騰4小時。將 反應混合物蒸發,殘餘物經由層析(Kieselgel 60,三氯 甲烷:甲醇=5 : 0.1 )純化,製得黃色固體化合物(0 · 8 g, 15%)及起始物質(2.4 g,49%” 實例18 5-胺基-3 -溴- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基噻吩並[2,3 _b]吡啶 製備中間物XII之一般方法: 3-溴-2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基硝基·噻吩並[2,3-13]吡啶-N-氧化物(實例17) (0·8 g,I78 mmol)溶於乙酸U2 ml)及 加入Fe粉(0,61 g,10 mm〇l)。反應混合物在7〇°C下攪拌 30分鐘,接著在真空下蒸發’殘餘物經由層析(Kieselgel 60,三氯甲烷··甲醇=5 :0.1)純化,製得標題化合物(0.51 g,7 1%) 〇 實例1 9 5-胺基-2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(3_氟-苯基噻吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶 -96- 200838865 (92) (化合物115) 5-胺基-3_溴-2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)·噻吩並[2,3_b]吡啶與 3-氟苯基硼酸反應,如實例9所述般。產率2 0%。 化合物1 3 1根據相同方法加以製備。 實例20The suspension of water (4 ml) was cooled to 〇 ° C, then NaN02 ice cold water (5 ml, 0.084 g, 1.2 1 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 〇 ° c for half an hour. Then, the aqueous solution of N a B F 4 (〇 · 1 7 6 g '1 · 5 9 m m ο 1) was added all at once. The mixture was stirred at 〇 ° C for half an hour and filtered. The resulting solid was washed with cold water, methanol, and dried overnight. The compound was melted at 179-182 ° C and stirred for a few minutes. Then, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and subjected to column chromatography (SiO 2 , cyclohexane:acetone = 9:1) to obtain 5-fluorinated compound (0 · 1 2 6 g, 25 %). Example 16 3-Bromo-2-(3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyran-N-oxide General procedure for the preparation of intermediate X: to 3 -Bromo-2-(3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (3.51 g, 8.8 mmol) in chloroform (130 ml) m-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid (6.08 g, 35 mmol, 77%), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The resulting solution was washed with EtOAc (EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. The crude product was purified with EtOAc (EtOAc) -95- 200838865 (91) Example 17 Preparation of intermediate XI from 3-bromo-2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-5-nitro-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-N-oxide General procedure: 3-bromo-2_(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-N-oxide (prepared as described in Example 16) (4.95 g, 12.2 mmol ) Boiling at 70 ° C for 4 hours with 70% nitric acid (0.75 ml, 12 mmol) in acetic acid. The reaction mixture was evaporated and the residue was purifiedjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjj Example 18 General procedure for the preparation of intermediate XII from 5-amino-3-bromo-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonylthiophene[2,3 _b]pyridine: 3-bromo-2-(4-chloro - Benzenesulfonyl nitro-thieno[2,3-13]pyridine-N-oxide (Example 17) (0·8 g, I78 mmol) dissolved in acetic acid U2 ml) and Fe powder (0, 61) g, 10 mm 〇 l). The reaction mixture was stirred at 7 ° C for 30 minutes, then evaporated under vacuum and the residue was purified by chromatography (Kieselgel 60, chloroform, methanol = 5:0.1). Title Compound (0.51 g, 7 1%) 〇 Example 1 9 5-Amino-2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(3-fluoro-phenylthieno[2,3-b] Pyridine-96- 200838865 (92) (Compound 115) 5-Amino-3_bromo-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-thieno[2,3_b]pyridine reacted with 3-fluorophenylboronic acid The yield was 20% as described in Example 9. Compound 1 3 1 was prepared according to the same method.

5-胺基-2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4 -甲基-哌D定)·噻吩並 [2,3_b]吡啶 (化合物104) 5-胺基-3-溴- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶與 4-甲基-哌啶反應,如實例1〇所述般。 實例21 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(3-氟-苯基)-5-氟-噻吩並[2,3_b] 吡啶 (化合物137) 5-胺基- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-( 3-氟-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3- b]吡啶(實例19)如實例15所述般加以處理,製得5_氟化 合物。 實例22 2-(3-氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)_噻吩並[2,3-b ] B比B定-N -氧化物 製備中間物XIV (R2爲苯基或芳族雜環基)之一般方 -97- 200838865 (93) 法: 3 -漠- 2- (3-氨基-5-赢苯礦釀基)-嚷吩並[2,3-b]啦π定 氧化物(實例16)與4-氯苯基硼酸反應,使用如實例9所 述相同製程,製得標題化合物(產率63%)。 實例2 3 2- (4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-甲基-哌啶基)·噻吩並[2,3-b]5-Amino-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-methyl-piperidinyl)-thieno[2,3_b]pyridine (Compound 104) 5-Amino-3- Bromo-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine was reacted with 4-methyl-piperidine as described in Example 1A. Example 21 2-(4-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-5-fluoro-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Compound 137) 5-Amino- 2-(( 4-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Example 19) was treated as described in Example 15 to give 5-fluoro compound . Example 22 Preparation of 2-(3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]B than B-N-oxide The general formula of the intermediate XIV (R2 is a phenyl or aromatic heterocyclic group)-97-200838865 (93) Method: 3 - desert - 2- (3-amino-5-win benzene ore) - 嚷The title compound (yield 63%) was obtained by the same procedure as described in Example 9 to give the title compound (yield: 63%). Example 2 3 2-(4-Chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-methyl-piperidinyl)·thieno[2,3-b]

口比n定· N -氧化物 製備中間物XIV (R2爲經取代胺基)之一般方法: 3- 溴-2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶-N-氧化物 (根據實例16製備)與4-甲基-哌啶根據實例10製程在8〇 °C下反應,製得標題化合物。 實例24 2-(3 -氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-7Η·噻吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶-6-酮 製備中間物XV之一般方法: 2-(3 _氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶-N-氧化物(1 .35 g,3.0 mmol)於 DMF 懸浮液(1 1 ml) 中在室溫下以三氟乙酸酐 (8.6 ml,61 mmol)處理1·5小 時。反應終了時,其變成一溶液,在真空下濃縮至一半體 積。加入水(8,6 ml),將結晶產物過濾出及以水清洗。產 生0.93 g (68.9%)標題化合物。 -98- (94) 200838865 實例25 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4_甲基·哌啶基)-5-羥基-噻吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶 由2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)_3气4_甲基-哌啶基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶-N-氧化物(實例23)開始使用實例24所述相同製 程進行反應,將標題化合物以次要產物單離出(產率 10%)。對應之2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-甲基哌啶基)-7H-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶-6-酮的產率爲6〇% (中間物XV)。 實例2 6 2-(3-氨基-5-氯-苯礦釀基)-3-(4 -氯-苯基)-6-氯-曝吩 並[2,3-b]吡啶 (化合物8 6 ) 製備式(I) 6 -氯化合物之一般方法,製得之化合物例如 化合物 43、 5、 51、 74、 76、 81、 119 及 138。 • 2_(3_氰基-5 -氟-苯磺醯基)-3-( 4 -氯-苯基)-7H -噻吩並 [2,3-1)]啦11 定-6-酮(0.92 g,2·1 mmol)溶於 DMF(14 ml),及 加入氧氯化磷(2·〇 ml,21 mmol),反應混合物在9〇-1〇(rc 加熱2 · 5小時。然後冷卻,以冰(1 〇 g)驟冷,及以氫氧化銨 (2 5 %,2 · 5 m 1)驗化之。將固體產物過濾出,以水及甲醇 清洗。自熱二U惡院結晶,製得〇 · 7 3 g (7 5 %)標題化合 物。 實例2 7 -99- 200838865 (95) 2-(3-氰基-5-氟·苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-6-氟-噻吩 並[2,3-b]吡啶 (化合物90) 製備式(1)6-氟化合物之一般方法,製得之化合物例如 58 、 65 、 75 、 77 、 89 &amp; 139 °General procedure for the preparation of intermediate XIV (R2 is a substituted amine group) by the ratio of n-N-oxide: 3-bromo-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b Pyridine-N-oxide (prepared according to Example 16) was reacted with 4-methyl-piperidine according to the procedure of Example 10 at 8 ° C to give the title compound. Example 24 Preparation of Intermediate for 2-(3-Cyano-5-fluoro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-7Η-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-6-one General procedure for XV: 2-(3 - cyano-5-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-N-oxide ( 1 .35 g, 3.0 mmol) was treated with trifluoroacetic anhydride (8.6 ml, 61 mmol) in DMF suspension (1 1 ml) at room temperature for 1.5 hours. At the end of the reaction, it became a solution which was concentrated under vacuum to half volume. Water (8,6 ml) was added and the crystalline product was filtered off and washed with water. 0.93 g (68.9%) of the title compound was produced. -98- (94) 200838865 Example 25 2-(4-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-methylpiperidinyl)-5-hydroxy-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine 2-(4-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)_3 gas 4-methyl-piperidinyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-N-oxide (Example 23) was started using the same as described in Example 24. The process was carried out and the title compound was isolated as a minor product (yield 10%). Corresponding ratio of 2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-methylpiperidinyl)-7H-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-6-one is 6〇% (Intermediate XV). Example 2 6 2-(3-Amino-5-chloro-benzene ornidyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-chloro-exo[2,3-b]pyridine (Compound 8 6 A general method for preparing a 6-chloro compound of the formula (I), such as compounds 43, 5, 51, 74, 76, 81, 119 and 138. • 2_(3_Cyano-5-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-7H-thieno[2,3-1)]1111-6-one (0.92 g, 2·1 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (14 ml), and phosphorus oxychloride (2·〇ml, 21 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was heated at 9 〇-1 〇 (rc heating for 2.5 hours) and then cooled. It is quenched with ice (1 〇g) and purified with ammonium hydroxide (25%, 2 · 5 m 1 ). The solid product is filtered off and washed with water and methanol. 〇· 7 3 g (75%) of the title compound. Example 2 7 -99- 200838865 (95) 2-(3-Cyano-5-fluoro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro- Phenyl)-6-fluoro-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Compound 90) General procedure for the preparation of a 6-fluoro compound of formula (1), such as 58, 65, 75, 77, 89 &amp ; 139 °

2-(3-氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-6-氯-噻吩 並[2,3-b]吡啶(0·83 g,1 .8 mmol)溶於 DMSO (1 0 ml), 及加入氟化鉀 (〇·3 g,5.0 mmol)。反應混合物加熱至 140 °C達1.5小時。冷卻後,加入水(10 ml),將結晶產物 過濾出,以水清洗。自熱甲醇再結晶,製得 0.65 g (62.5%)化合物 90。 實例28 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-6-甲氧基-噻吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶(化合物64) φ 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3_(4·氯-苯基)-7Η·噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶·6_ 酮(0.1 1 g,0·25 mmol)(實例 24)、碳酸銀(I) (95 mg,0.35 mmol)及磷甲院(0.15 ml,2.4mm 〇1)懸浮 於二氯甲烷(5 ml)及DMF (0.5 ml)中。反應混合物在室溫 下攪拌24小時。加以過濾,以二氯甲烷(2x10 ml)清洗, ‘ 濾液以Na2C03溶液 (10%,10 ml)及水(10 ml)清洗。將 有機溶劑乾燥,在真空中蒸發,殘餘物經由層析 (Kiselgehl 60,乙酸乙酯:己烷=1 : 1)純化,製得標題化 合物(4 7 m g,4 3 %)。 -100- (96) 200838865 實例29 6-胺基- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b ]吡啶(化合物4 9)2-(3-Cyano-5-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-chloro-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (0·83 g, 1 .8 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (10 ml), and potassium fluoride (〇·3 g, 5.0 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 140 ° C for 1.5 hours. After cooling, water (10 ml) was added, and the crystalline product was filtered and washed with water. Recrystallization from autothermal methanol gave 0.65 g (62.5%) of compound 90. Example 28 2-(3-Cyano-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-methoxy-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Compound 64) φ 2- (3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-3_(4·chloro-phenyl)-7Η·thieno[2,3-b]pyridine·6-one (0.1 1 g, 0·25 mmol) (Example 24 Silver carbonate (I) (95 mg, 0.35 mmol) and Phosphate (0.15 ml, 2.4 mm 〇1) were suspended in dichloromethane (5 ml) and DMF (0.5 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. It was filtered, washed with dichloromethane (2×10 ml), and the filtrate was washed with Na2CO3 (10%, 10 ml) and water (10 ml). The organic solvent was dried and evaporated in vacuo tolulululululululululululululululululu -100- (96) 200838865 Example 29 6-Amino-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (compound) 4 9)

2-(4_氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)·7Η-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶-6·酮(0·30 g,0.69 mmol)(實例 24)溶於純 DMF (1 0 ml),冷卻至0°C,加入純吡啶 (〇·〇6 ml,0.74 mmol)及三 氟甲烷磺酸酐 (0.026 ml,0.77 mmol)。反應混合物維持 在〇°C下1小時,然後加入二甲基氯 (10 ml)及1N NaHC03 (10 ml)。分離後,有機相以水 (10 ml)清洗,加 以乾燥及在真空中蒸發。粗製三氟甲烷磺酸鹽在0-5 °C下 用經NH3 (3 ml)飽和之甲醇處理2小時。反應混合物在真 空中蒸發,殘餘物經由層析 (Kieselgehl-60,三氯甲烷: 甲醇=5 : 0·2)純化,製得標題化合物(120 mg,40%)。 實例30 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-6-二甲基胺基-噻吩 並[2,3-b] 吡啶 (化合物47) 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-7H-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶-6-酮(〇· 19 mmol)(實例24)使用實例29所述相同製 程進行反應,但是使用二甲基胺鹽酸鹽爲胺源(〇·49 mmo1) 在DMSO (2.0 ml)中於TEA (0.49 mmol)之存在下在室溫 反應2小時。產率73.7%。 -101 - (97) (97)200838865 實例31 4-氯- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶 (化合物57) 4-氯- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] Π比卩定 (化合物43) 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶 N-氧化物(根據實例16所述製程製備)(6.4 g,14.7 mmol) 及氧氯化磷(ΙΙΙ)(1〇·2 ml,109.4 mmol)之混合物在60°C下 攪拌加熱3小時。所得溶液倒至冰及以5M氫氧化鈉鹼化 之。冷卻後,將沉澱物過濾出及以水清洗。粗產物經由管 柱層析在砂膠上 (Kieselgel 60,洗提液:二氯甲院)純 化,製得4-氯化合物(3.31 g)及6-氯-2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)·噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶 (3·03 g)(化合物43)。 實例32 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-4-二甲基胺基-噻吩 並[2,3-b] 吡啶 (化合物135) 4-氯- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶(100 mg,0·22 mmol)於DMF (5 ml)中之溶液在反應 器內以300 W微波在210 °C下照射1〇分鐘。溶劑在真空 -102- 200838865 (98) 中蒸發。粗產物經由管柱層析在矽膠上(Kieselgel 60,洗 • 提液:三氯甲烷:甲醇= 98:2)純化,製得標題化合物(36 mg)。 實例33 4-氟-2-(4-氯·苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶 (化合物102) 4-氯- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] 啦陡(454 mg,1 mmol)及氟化鉀(174 mg,3 mmol)於 DMF (5 ml)中之混合物在140°C下攪拌及加熱48小時。溶 劑在真空中蒸發。粗產物經由管柱層析在矽膠上 (Kieselgel 60,洗提液:正己烷:乙酸乙酯=2:1)純化,製 得標題化合物(101 mg)。 實例34 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-4 -甲氧基-噻吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶 (化合物1〇1) 4-氯- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] 口比 D定(150 mg,0.33 mmol)及甲氧化鈉(1·5 g,(27.8 mmol)於甲醇 (150 ml)中之混合物在回流下攪拌及加熱 4小時。溶劑在真空中蒸發。加入水(100 ml),所得混合 物以三氯甲烷(3x20 ml)萃取。混合的有機層以硫酸鈉乾 -103- 200838865 (99) 燥,加以過濾及在真空中蒸發。粗殘餘物自二乙醚結晶純 - 化,製得標題化合物(105 mg)。 實例35 2-(4 -氯·苯礦釀基)-3-(4 -氯-苯基)-4-經基-唾吩並[2,3-b]吡啶 (化合物103)2-(4-Chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-7Η-thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-6-one (0·30 g, 0.69 mmol) ( Example 24) Dissolved in pure DMF (10 mL), cooled to 0 <0>C, EtOAc (EtOAc: EtOAc (EtOAc) The reaction mixture was maintained at 〇 ° C for 1 hour, then dimethyl chloride (10 ml) and 1N NaHC03 (10 ml) were added. After separation, the organic phase was washed with water (10 ml), dried and evaporated in vacuo. The crude trifluoromethanesulfonate was treated with NH3 (3 ml) saturated methanol at 0-5 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give crystallite crystal crystal crystal crystal crystal crystal crystal crystal crystal crystal Example 30 2-(4-Chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-dimethylamino-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Compound 47) 2- (4-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-7H-thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-6-one (〇·19 mmol) (Example 24) Example of use Reaction was carried out in the same manner as described in the same procedure, except that the reaction was carried out for 2 hours at room temperature in the presence of TEA (0.49 mmol) in DMSO (2.0 ml) using dimethylamine hydrochloride. The yield was 73.7%. -101 - (97) (97)200838865 Example 31 4-Chloro-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Compound 57) 4-Chloro-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridinium (Compound 43) 2 -(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine N-oxide (prepared according to the procedure described in Example 16) (6.4 g, A mixture of 14.7 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (ΙΙΙ) (1 〇 2 ml, 109.4 mmol) was stirred and heated at 60 ° C for 3 hours. The resulting solution was poured into ice and basified with 5M sodium hydroxide. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered off and washed with water. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (Kieselgel 60, eluent: methylene chloride) to give 4-chloro compound (3.31 g) and 6-chloro-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonate). Mercapto)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (3·03 g) (Compound 43). Example 32 2-(4-Chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-dimethylamino-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Compound 135) 4- Chloro-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (100 mg, 0·22 mmol) in DMF (5 ml The solution in the solution was irradiated with a microwave of 300 W at 210 ° C for 1 minute in the reactor. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo -102 - 200838865 (98). The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting eluting elut elut elut elut elut Example 33 4-Fluoro-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Compound 102) 4-Chloro-2- (4-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]-deep (454 mg, 1 mmol) and potassium fluoride (174 mg, 3 mmol The mixture in DMF (5 ml) was stirred and heated at 140 ° C for 48 hours. The solvent evaporates in a vacuum. The crude product was purified by EtOAc EtOAcjjjjjjj Example 34 2-(4-Chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methoxy-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (Compound 1〇1) 4- Chloro-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b] valence D (150 mg, 0.33 mmol) and sodium methoxide (1. 5 g, (27.8 mmol) in MeOH (150 ml), EtOAc EtOAc m. The combined organic layer was dried with EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. 2-(4-chlorobenzone)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-yl-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine (Compound 103)

4-氯-2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] 口比 D定(150 mg,0.33 mmol)及乙酸鈉(280 mg,3·4 mmol) 於乙酸 (7 ml)及水(0.1 ml)中之混合物在100°C下攪拌及 加熱48小時。溶液以水(25 ml)稀釋。將沉澱物過濾出, 以水(3x10 ml)清洗及加以乾燥。粗產物自三氯甲烷結晶 純化,製得標題化合物(58 mg)。 實例36 4-胺基- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3- b ]啦口定 (化合物125) 4 -氯- 2- ( 4-氯-苯擴釀基)-3-(4 -氧-苯基)·嚷吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶(400mg,0.88 mmol)及疊氮化鈉(3 60 mg,5.5 4 mmol)於DMF(1 1 ml)及水(4 ml)中之混合物在 l〇5°C下攪 拌及加熱5小時。所得溶液以水(15 ml)稀釋。將沉澱物 過濾出,以水(5 X 1 〇 m 1)清洗及加以乾燥。所得粗製4 -疊 氮基- 2- (4 -氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4 -氯-苯基)·噻吩並[2,3-b] P|t u定 -104· (100) 200838865 (400 mg,0·87 mmol)溶於甲醇 (2 0 m 1)。至溶液加入硼 氫化鈉(400 mg,10.6 mmol),混合物在周溫下攪拌24小 時。加入水(30 ml),所得混合物以三氯甲烷(3x60 ml)萃 取。混合的有機層經由劉酸鈉乾燥,加以過濾,及在真空 中蒸發。粗殘餘物自二乙醚結晶純化,製得標題化合物 (1 9 3 m g)。4-Chloro-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b] ratio D (150 mg, 0.33 mmol) and acetic acid A mixture of sodium (280 mg, 3. 4 mmol) in acetic acid (7 ml) and water (0.1 ml) was stirred and heated at 100 ° C for 48 hours. The solution was diluted with water (25 ml). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with water (3×10 ml) and dried. The crude product was purified from crystals crystals crystals eluted Example 36 4-Amino-2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]-l-butyl (Compound 125) 4-Chlorine - 2-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-(4-oxo-phenyl)-indolo[2,3-b]pyridine (400 mg, 0.88 mmol) and sodium azide (3 60 A mixture of mg, 5.5 4 mmol) in DMF (1 1 ml) and water (4 ml) was stirred and heated for 5 hr. The resulting solution was diluted with water (15 ml). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with water (5 X 1 〇 m 1) and dried. The resulting crude 4-azido-2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b] P|tu-104· (100 200838865 (400 mg, 0·87 mmol) dissolved in methanol (20 m 1). Sodium borohydride (400 mg, 10.6 mmol) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours. Water (30 ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with chloroform (3×60 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by EtOAcqqqqqq

實例37 3-(4-氯-苯基)-4-二甲基胺基- 2-(4-二甲基胺基-苯磺 醯基)_噻吩並[2,3 -b]吡啶 (化合物124) 4 -氯- 2- (4 -氯·苯礦釀基)-3-(4 -氯-苯基)-嚷吩並[2,3-b] 口比陡 (100 mg,0.22 mmol)於DMF (5 ml)中的溶液在反應 器中以300 W微波於25 0°C下照射1〇分鐘。溶劑在真空 中蒸發。粗產物經由管柱層析在矽膠上(Kieselgel 60,洗 提液:三氯甲烷:甲醇=98: 2)純化,製得標題化合物(26 mg)。 所有化合物經由HPLC-MS或MS及1H-NMR分析。 式⑴化合物純度係以HPLC方法測量,及所有化合物具有 &gt;95%純度。 實例38 製備藥學組成物: a)片劑: -105- 200838865 (101) 將0.01-50%式(I)活性成份、15-50 %乳糖、15-50%馬 - 鈴薯澱粉、5-15 %聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、1-5%滑石、0.01-3% . 硬脂酸鎂、1-3%膠體二氧化矽及 2-7%超支鏈澱粉 (ultraamylopectin)混合,然後經由濕式造粒加以造粒及壓 錠成片劑。 b)果糖衣、塗膜片劑: 根據如上所述方法製得之片劑以由腸衣或胃溶劑膜或 φ 糖及滑石所組成之一層加以塗覆。糖衣以蜜躐及棕櫚躐之 混合物加以磨亮。 Ο膠囊: 0.0 1-50%式(I)活性成份、1-5%月桂基硫酸鈉、15-50%澱粉、15-50%乳糖、1-3%膠體二氧化矽及0.01-3%硬 &quot; 脂酸鎂充分地混合,混合物通過篩而塡充於硬明膠膠囊。 d)懸浮液: ‘ 成份:0.01-15%式(I)活性成份、0.1-2%氫氧化鈉、 φ 0.1-3%檸檬酸、0.05-0.2%尼杷晉(nipagin)(4-羥基苯甲酸 甲酯鈉)、0.005-0.02%對羥苯甲酸丙酯、0.01 - 0.5 %卡柏波 (carbopol)(聚丙烯酸)、0.1-5% 之 96% 乙醇,0.1-1% 調味 劑、20-70%山梨糖醇(70%水溶液)及3 0-50%蒸餾水。 至尼杷晉及檸檬酸於20 ml蒸餾水中之溶液,在劇烈 , 攪拌下少部分少部分地加入卡柏波,所得溶液靜置1 0-1 2 小時。然後一邊攪拌一邊加入氫氧化鈉於1 ml蒸餾水中 之溶液、山梨糖醇水溶液及醇性覆盆子調味劑。至此載劑 少部分少部分地將活性成份加入,及以浸入式均化器加以 -106 - 200838865 (102) 懸浮之。最後將蒸餾水加至懸浮液至所欲最終體積及所得 ^ 懸浮糖漿通過膠體硏磨裝置。 e)栓劑: 各栓劑中,0.01-15%式(I)活性成份及1-20%乳糖被充 分混合。然後將 5 0 - 9 5 %阿迪普(a d e p s p r 〇 )栓劑(例如 Witepsol 4)熔化,冷卻至35°C,以均化器將活性成份及乳 糖之混合物與其混合。所得混合物以冷卻形式模塑。 φ f)凍乾粉末安瓿組成物: 甘露糖醇或乳糖與用於注射用途之蒸餾水製成5 %溶 液’將溶液過濾以得無菌溶液。式(I)活性成份亦與用於 注射用途之蒸飽水製成〇 · 0 0 1 - 5 %溶液,及將溶液過濾以 得無菌溶液。此二溶液在無菌狀態下混合,以1 mi部分 塡充至安飯’將安瓿內容物凍乾,在氮氛圍下將安瓿密 封。投服前將安瓿內容物溶於無菌水或〇·9% (生理上)氯 化鈉水溶液。 -107-Example 37 3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-4-dimethylamino-2-(4-dimethylamino-benzenesulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (compound) 124) 4-Chloro-2-(4-chlorobenzone)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-indeno[2,3-b] mouth steep (100 mg, 0.22 mmol) The solution in DMF (5 ml) was irradiated in a reactor at 300 W microwave at 25 ° C for 1 min. The solvent evaporates in a vacuum. The crude product was purified by EtOAc EtOAcjjjjjjjj All compounds were analyzed by HPLC-MS or MS and 1 H-NMR. The purity of the compound of formula (1) was measured by HPLC method, and all compounds had &gt;95% purity. Example 38 Preparation of a pharmaceutical composition: a) Tablet: -105- 200838865 (101) 0.01-50% of the active ingredient of formula (I), 15-50% lactose, 15-50% horse-sweet potato starch, 5-15 % polyvinylpyrrolidone, 1-5% talc, 0.01-3%. Magnesium stearate, 1-3% colloidal ceria and 2-7% ultraamylopectin are mixed and then made by wet granulation Granules and tablets are tableted. b) Fructose-coated, coated tablets: Tablets prepared according to the method described above are coated with a layer consisting of a casing or a gastric solvent film or φ sugar and talc. The icing is polished with a mixture of candied fruit and palm vine. Ο Capsule: 0.0 1-50% formula (I) active ingredient, 1-5% sodium lauryl sulfate, 15-50% starch, 15-50% lactose, 1-3% colloidal cerium oxide and 0.01-3% hard &quot; Magnesium citrate is thoroughly mixed and the mixture is filled through a sieve to fill the hard gelatin capsules. d) Suspension: 'Ingredients: 0.01-15% of the active ingredient of formula (I), 0.1-2% sodium hydroxide, φ 0.1-3% citric acid, 0.05-0.2% nipagin (4-hydroxybenzene) Sodium methyl formate), 0.005-0.02% propyl paraben, 0.01 - 0.5% carbopol (polyacrylic acid), 0.1-5% 96% ethanol, 0.1-1% flavoring, 20- 70% sorbitol (70% aqueous solution) and 30-50% distilled water. To the solution of Nitrogen and citric acid in 20 ml of distilled water, a small portion of Kappa wave was added in a small portion under vigorous and stirring, and the resulting solution was allowed to stand for 1 0-1 2 hours. Then, a solution of sodium hydroxide in 1 ml of distilled water, an aqueous solution of sorbitol, and an alcoholic raspberry flavoring agent were added while stirring. At this point, the active ingredient is added to a small portion of the carrier and is suspended in an immersion homogenizer -106 - 200838865 (102). Finally, distilled water is added to the suspension to the desired final volume and the resulting suspension syrup is passed through a colloid honing device. e) Suppositories: 0.01-15% of the active ingredients of formula (I) and 1-20% of lactose are thoroughly mixed in each suppository. Then, 50-95 % of a d e p s p r 〇 suppository (e.g., Witepsol 4) is melted, cooled to 35 ° C, and a mixture of the active ingredient and the lactose is mixed with a homogenizer. The resulting mixture was molded in a cooled form. φ f) Lyophilized powder ampule composition: mannitol or lactose is made into a 5% solution with distilled water for injection use. The solution is filtered to obtain a sterile solution. The active ingredient of the formula (I) is also prepared as a 〇·0 0 1 - 5 % solution with steamed water for injection use, and the solution is filtered to obtain a sterile solution. The two solutions were mixed under aseptic conditions and partially filled with 1 mi to the ampoule. The contents of the ampoule were lyophilized and the ampoule was sealed under a nitrogen atmosphere. The contents of the ampoule were dissolved in sterile water or 9%·9% (physiologically) sodium chloride aqueous solution before administration. -107-

Claims (1)

(1) 200838865 十、申請專利範圍 1. 一'種下式(I)化合物’(1) 200838865 X. Patent application scope 1. A 'compound of formula (I)' X示選自so、so2之基團; γ示選自 (CH2)n、ΝΗ、NHCH2之基團; η爲〇至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或單次出現之烷基、硝基、鹵素、烷氧基、三 氟甲基、氰基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷 胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、羥基、烷磺醯胺基; Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,或 NR3R4基,其中及r4係獨立地選自氫及選擇性經 取代院基之基團,或R3及R4與所連接之N原子一起形 成選擇性經取代C5_7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原子, 或 NH-CO-NRsR6基,其中&amp;5及R6係獨立地選自氫及選 擇性經取代烷基之基團,或及R6與所連接之N原子 一起形成選擇性經取代雜環基,其包含一或多個雜 原子; 及/或其水合物及/或溶劑化物及/或其與酸或鹼形成之 -108- 200838865 (2) 藥學上可接受鹽類。 ' 2 · —種下式(I)化合物,X is a group selected from the group consisting of so, so2; γ is a group selected from (CH2)n, hydrazine, NHCH2; η is an integer of 〇 to 1; Ζ is a fluorene or a single occurrence of an alkyl group, a nitro group, a halogen , alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, hydroxy, alkanesulfonylamino Ri is a selectively substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, heterocyclic group; R 2 is a selective substituted phenyl group, a heterocyclic group, or an NR 3 R 4 group, wherein the r 4 system is independently selected from Hydrogen and a selectively substituted group, or R3 and R4 together with the attached N atom form a selectively substituted C5_7 heterocyclic group containing one or more heteroatoms, or NH-CO-NRsR6 groups, Wherein &amp;5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a selectively substituted alkyl group, or R6 together with the attached N atom form a selectively substituted heterocyclic group containing one or more heteroatoms And/or its hydrates and/or solvates and/or its formation with an acid or a base -108- 200838865 (2) pharmaceutically acceptable salts. ' 2 · - a compound of formula (I), 其中among them X示選自so、so2之基團; Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或單次出現之烷基、硝基、鹵素、烷氧基、三 氟甲基、氰基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷 胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、羥基、烷磺醯胺基; 爲烷基或C3-1G環烷基,選擇性經一或多個選自如 下取代基取代:烷氧基、三氟甲基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷 胺基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、醯基胺 基、氰基、鹵素,或 苯基或聯苯基,選擇性經一或多個選自如下取代基取 代:烷基、甲氧基、三氟甲基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺 基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、醯基胺基、 k磺醯基、垸磺驢胺基、氰基、鹵素,或 包含1-4個選自N、0或S之雜原子之飽和或未飽和 單環或雙環雜環基,如吡啶基、喹啉基、噻唑基、哌啶 基、嗎啉基(morpholyl)、四氫喹啉基、噁唑基、異噁唑 -109- (3) 200838865 基、呋喃基噻吩、三唑基、吡咯烷環,選擇性經一或多個 ‘ 如下基團取代:羥基、烷基羥基、烷基、烷氧基、三氟甲 — 基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基' 二院胺基甲基、醯基胺基、氰基、鹵素或酮基; R2爲苯基,選擇性經一或多個選自如下取代基取 代:烷基、甲氧基、三氟甲基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺 基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、醯基胺基、 φ 烷磺醯基、烷磺醯胺基、氰基、鹵素,或 包含卜4個選自0、N或S之雜原子之飽和或未飽和 單環或雙環C5-7雜環基,如吡啶基、喹啉基、噻唑基、 哌D定基、嗎啉基(morpholyl)、四氫喹琳基、b惡哩基、異螺 唑基、呋喃基噻吩、三唑基、吡咯烷環,選擇性經一或多 個如下基團取代:羥基、烷基羥基、烷基、烷氧基、三氟 甲基、胺基、院胺基、二院胺基、胺基甲基、院胺基甲 基、二院胺基甲基、酿基胺基、氰基、鹵素或酮基,或 • NR3R4基’其中R3及R4係獨立地選自氫及烷基,該 烷基選擇性經一或多個選自如下取代基取代:烷氧基、H 氟甲基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲 基、二院胺基甲基、醯基胺基、氰基、鹵素,或r3及 與所連接之N原子一起形成C5 雜環基,其包含一或多 ^ 個選自〇、N或S之雜原子,其選擇性經一或多個如下基 團取代:羥基、烷基羥基、烷基、烷氧基、三氟甲基、胺 基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基、二院胺 基甲基、醯基胺基、氰基、鹵素或酮基,或 -110- 200838865 (4) NH-CO-NRsR6基,其中Rs及R0係獨立地選自氫及院 ~ 基,該烷基選擇性經一或多個選自如下取代基取代:院氧 、 基、二氟甲基、胺基、院胺基、二院胺基、胺基甲基、院 胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、醯基胺基、氰基、鹵素,或 R5及R6與所連接之N原子一起形成Cl?雜環基,其包 含一或多個選自〇、N或S之雜原子,其選擇性經一或多 個如下基團取代:經基、院基經基、院基、院氧基、三氟 ^ 甲基、胺基、院胺基、二院胺基、胺基甲基、垸胺基甲 基、二院胺基甲基、_基胺基、氰基、鹵素或酮基, 及/或其水合物及/或溶劑化物及/或其與酸或鹼形成之 , 藥學上可接受鹽類。 3· —種選自下列之化合物: 2-(4_氯-苯碯醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-1&gt;]口比 啶, 2- (4 -氯-苯亞磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]卩比 # D定, 3- (4-氯-苯基)-2-(4-氟-苯礦釀基)-嚷吩並[2,3-b] 口比 啶, 3 - (4 -氯-苯基)-2 -(甲苯-4 -磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3 - b ]吡 U定, 4- [3-(4_氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶-2_磺醯基]-苯甲 腈, 2- 苯磺醯基-3-(4-氯-苯基)_噻吩並[2,3 _b]吡啶, 3- [3-(4_氯·苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶-2-磺醯基]-苯甲 •111 - 200838865 (5) 腈, 3-(4-氯-苯基)_2-(耻啶-3-磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 陡, 2- ( 丁烷-1-磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 D定, 3- (4-氯-苯基)-2-(2,4-二甲基-噻唑-5-磺醯基)-噻吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶, φ 3-(4-氯-苯基)-2-(噻吩-2-磺醯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 D定, 3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶-2-磺酸 (4-氯-苯 基)-醯胺, 3-(4-氯-苯基)-2-苯基甲烷磺醯基-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 D定, 2-(3-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)_噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 陡, φ 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-6-氯-噻吩並[2,3-b] 吡啶, 2-(3-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 卩定, 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(3 -氟-苯基)·噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 D定, 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-6-氟-噻吩並[2,3-b] th η定, 2-(4-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(3-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 -112- (6) 200838865 D定’ 2-(3 -氨基-本礦釀基)-3-(3 -甲基-曖D定基)-曝吩並[2,3· b ] 口比Β定, 2-(3-氨基-本橫釀基)-3-(4 -甲基-脈D疋基)-嚷吩並[2,3_ b ]呖D定, 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-甲苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 陡,X is a group selected from the group consisting of so, so2; Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is a fluorene or a single occurrence of an alkyl group, a nitro group, a halogen , alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, hydroxy, alkanesulfonylamino ; is alkyl or C3-1G cycloalkyl, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, amine a group, an alkylaminomethyl group, a dialkylaminomethyl group, a decylamino group, a cyano group, a halogen, or a phenyl or biphenyl group, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups, Methoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, decylamino, k sulfonyl, fluorene Sulfonyl, cyano, halogen, or a saturated or unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic group containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from N, 0 or S, such as pyridyl, quinolyl, thiazolyl, Piperidinyl, morpholyl, tetrahydroquinoline , oxazolyl, isoxazole-109- (3) 200838865, furylthiophene, triazolyl, pyrrolidine ring, optionally substituted by one or more of the following groups: hydroxyl, alkyl hydroxy, alkane Alkyl, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl 'diamine aminomethyl, mercaptoamine, cyano, Halogen or keto group; R2 is phenyl, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from alkyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, amine Methyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, decylamino, φ alkanesulfonyl, alkanesulfonylamino, cyano, halogen, or a mixture of 4 selected from 0, N or S a saturated or unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic C5-7 heterocyclic group of a hetero atom such as pyridyl, quinolyl, thiazolyl, piperidinyl, morpholyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, b. a base, an isoxazolyl, a furylthiophene, a triazolyl, a pyrrolidine ring, optionally substituted with one or more of the following groups: hydroxy, alkyl hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine base , a hospital amine, a compound amine, an aminomethyl group, a benzylamino group, a benzylaminomethyl group, a arylamino group, a cyano group, a halogen or a ketone group, or a NR3R4 group, wherein R3 and R4 Is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, H fluoromethyl, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, amine a methyl group, an alkylaminomethyl group, a benzylaminomethyl group, a decylamino group, a cyano group, a halogen, or r3, and together with the N atom to be bonded, form a C5 heterocyclic group, which comprises one or more From a hetero atom of hydrazine, N or S, the selectivity of which is substituted by one or more of the following groups: hydroxy, alkyl hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, alkylamino, dioxane Amino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, adamyrylmethyl, decylamino, cyano, halogen or keto, or -110-200838865 (4) NH-CO-NRsR6, wherein Rs and R0 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and oxime, and the alkyl group is substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: a hospital oxygen, a base, a difluoromethyl group, an amine group, a hospital amine group, and a second hospital. Amine, amine a base, a hospital aminomethyl group, a dialkylaminomethyl group, a mercaptoamine group, a cyano group, a halogen, or R5 and R6 together with the attached N atom form a Cl? heterocyclic group, which comprises one or more selected From a hetero atom of hydrazine, N or S, the selectivity of which is substituted by one or more of the following groups: a radical, a phenyl group, a phenyl group, a methoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, an amine group, a aryl group , a second amine, an aminomethyl group, an amidinomethyl group, a second amino group, a methyl group, a cyano group, a halogen or a ketone group, and/or a hydrate thereof and/or a solvate thereof and/or Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof formed with an acid or a base. 3. A compound selected from the group consisting of 2-(4-chloro-phenylhydrazinyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-1&gt;]pyridinium, 2- (4-chloro-phenylsulfinyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyrene ratio # D定, 3- (4-chloro-phenyl)-2 -(4-fluoro-benzene ore)-嚷-[2,3-b] pyridine, 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2 -(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-thiophene And [2,3 - b ]pyridine, 4-[3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-2_sulfonyl]-benzonitrile, 2- Phenylsulfonyl-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3 _b]pyridine, 3-[3-(4-chlorophenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine -2-sulfonyl]-benzamide•111 - 200838865 (5) nitrile, 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)_2-(pharoazol-3-sulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b Pyridone, 2-(butane-1-sulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridin, 3-(4-chloro-phenyl )-2-(2,4-dimethyl-thiazol-5-sulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, φ 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(thiophene- 2-sulfonyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridin, 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-2-sulfonic acid (4-chloro -phenyl)-guanamine, 3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-phenylmethanesulfonyl-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(3-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4 -Chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole, φ 2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-chloro-thiophene [2,3-b] pyridine, 2-(3-fluoro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(3 -cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridinidine, 2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-( 4-chloro-phenyl)-6-fluoro-thieno[2,3-b] th η, 2-(4-cyano-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(3-chloro-phenyl)- Thieno[2,3-b]pyr-112-(6) 200838865 D-'2-(3-amino-benztal)-3-(3-methyl-indole D-based)-exposure-[ 2,3· b ] Oral ratio, 2-(3-amino-branched-branched)-3-(4-methyl-nuclear D-yl)-嚷-[2,3_b]呖D , 2-(3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-methylphenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole, 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(3-甲氧基-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b ] P比D定, 2-(3-甲氧基-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] 卩定, 2-(3 -氨基-5-每-苯礦酸基)-3-( 4 -氯-苯基)-嚷吩並[2,3_ b ] Π比陡, 2-(3 -每-4-甲基-苯礦釀基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-嚷吩並[2,3_ b]吡啶, 2-(3,4- —*甲基-本礦釀基)-3-(4 -親-苯基)-曝吩並[2,3-b] 口比D定, 2-(3_氰基-苯磺醯基)_3-(4-氟-苯基)-6-氯-噻吩並[2,3-b ] 口比B 定, 2-(3 -截基-5-氣-苯礦釀基)-3-(4-¾ -苯基)-嚷吩並[2,3_ b ] 口定, 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3_ (4-氟·苯基)-6-氟-噻吩並[2,3- b ] Π比D定, 2-(4-溴-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 -113- (7) 200838865 D定, 5-胺基- 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3- b ] P比D定, 2-(3,4-二氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯·苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] 妣陡, 2-(3-氟-4-甲基-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氟-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b ]啦D定,2-(3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]P is more than D, 2-(3-methoxy- Phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridinium, 2-(3-amino-5-per-phenylene acid)-3-(4 -Chloro-phenyl)-oxime [2,3_ b ] Π ratio steep, 2-(3 - per-4-methyl-benzene ortho)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-oxime Benzo[2,3_b]pyridine, 2-(3,4-*methyl-bentonyl)-3-(4-o-phenyl)-exposed benzo[2,3-b] Ratio D, 2-(3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)_3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-6-chloro-thieno[2,3-b] ratio B, 2-(3 - cleavage-5-gas-benzene ore-branched)-3-(4-3⁄4-phenyl)- fluorenyl[2,3_b], 2-(3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl) -3_(4-fluoro-phenyl)-6-fluoro-thieno[2,3-b] Π ratio D, 2-(4-bromo-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-benzene ))-thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-113- (7) 200838865 D-butyl, 5-amino-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl )-thieno[2,3- b ] P is more than D, 2-(3,4-dichloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chlorophenyl)-thieno[2,3- b] 妣 steep, 2-(3-fluoro-4-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-fluoro-benzene Base)-thieno[2,3-b] 2-(3-氰基-苯磺醯基)-3-(2-氯-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡 口定, 2-(3 -截基-5-每-本礦釀基)-3-(4-氯-本基)-6-氯-嚷吩 並[2,3-b]吡啶, 2-(3 -每-4 -甲氧基-苯礦釀基)-3-(4 -氯-苯基)-嚷吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶, 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)_3_(4_甲基-哌啶基)-噻吩並[2,3-b] th陡, 2-(3 -截基-5-鏡-苯礦釀基)-3-(4 -甲基-峨D定基)_嚷吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶, 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-5-氟-噻吩並[2,3-b] 呖D定, 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-5-氯-噻吩並[2,3-b] 啦U定, 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-4-氯·噻吩並[2,3-b] 妣陡, 2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氯-苯基)-4-氟-噻吩並[2,3-b] -114- (8) 200838865 口比B定, 5-胺基-2-(4-氯-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-甲基-哌啶基)-噻吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶, 2-(3-氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(3-氟-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b]吡啶, 5-胺基- 2- (4-氯-本礦釀基)-3-(3-氟f -苯基)-嚷吩並[2,3_ b ] 口比D定,2-(3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(2-chloro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyrridine, 2-(3-dision-5- per- -3-(4-chloro-yl)-6-chloro-indeno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(3 -per-4-methoxy-benzene ore base --3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-indeno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)_3_(4-methyl-piperidinyl)-thiophene And [2,3-b] th steep, 2-(3 - cleavage-5-mirror-benzene ore)-3-(4-methyl-峨D-based)_嚷-[2,3- b]pyridine, 2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-fluoro-thieno[2,3-b] 呖D, 2-(4- Chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-chloro-thieno[2,3-b] uridine, 2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3 -(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-chloro-thieno[2,3-b] 妣, 2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)- 4-fluoro-thieno[2,3-b]-114- (8) 200838865 Oral ratio B, 5-amino-2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-methyl -piperidinyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(3-cyano-5-fluoro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[2 ,3-b]pyridine, 5-amino-2-(4-chloro-propenyl)-3-(3-fluorof-phenyl)-porphin [2,3_ b] ratio D given port, 2-(4-氣-本礦酸基)-3-(4 -甲基-峨Π疋基)-6 -氯-嚷吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶, 2-(3-氟-4 -甲氧基-苯磺醯基)-3-(4-氟-苯基)-噻吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶, 2-(3 -截-4 -甲氣基-苯礦釀基)-3-(3 -赢-苯基)-嚷吩並 [2,3-b]吡啶, 2-(3-氰基-5-氟-苯磺醯基)-3-(2-氟-苯基)-噻吩並[2,3-b ] Π比D定, 2-(3 -氛基-5-寂-苯礦酸基)-3-(3 -氯-苯基)-嚷吩並[2,3- b ] H比口定。 4. 一種製備式(la)化合物之方法,2-(4-gas-benzate)-3-(4-methyl-indenyl)-6-chloro-indeno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(3-fluoro- 4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(3-block-4-methyl-benzene-benzene ore) 3-(3-win-phenyl)-indolo[2,3-b]pyridine, 2-(3-cyano-5-fluoro-phenylsulfonyl)-3-(2-fluoro -phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b ] Π ratio D, 2-(3-oxo-5-yl-phenylene carboxylic acid)-3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-porphin And [2,3- b ] H is more than the mouth. 4. A method of preparing a compound of formula (la), X \ Y—Ri (la) 其中 X示選自SO、S02之基團; γ示選自 (CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; -115- (9) (9)200838865 η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或單次出現之烷基或硝基, Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; R2爲苯基,選擇性經院基或鹵素取代; 藉由在作爲溶劑之二甲基甲醯胺中甲氧化鈉的存在 下,式 (ΠΙ)化合物··X \ Y—Ri (la) wherein X is a group selected from the group consisting of SO and S02; γ is a group selected from (CH 2 ) n, NH, NHCH 2 ; -115- (9) (9) 200838865 η is 0 to An integer of 1; Ζ is a hydrazine or a single occurrence of an alkyl or nitro group, Ri is a selective substituted alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a heterocyclic group; R 2 is a phenyl group, a group or a halogen; a compound of the formula (?) by the presence of sodium methoxide in dimethylformamide as a solvent 其中A爲式(la)中R2所定義之取代基,Z爲Η或單 次出現之烷基或單次出現之硝基, 與式(VII)化合物反應: Hlg^SOYRj (VII) 其中Hlg爲氯基或溴基,Y及Ri係如上式(la)中所 述,或者 與式(VIII)化合物反應: HlgCH2S〇2YRl (VIII) 其中Hlg爲氯基或溴基,Y及Ri係如上式(la)中所 述, 製得式(la)化合物,及之後選擇性地形成式(la)化合 -116- 200838865 (10) 物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物 。 5. —種製備式(lb)化合物之方法,Wherein A is a substituent as defined for R2 in formula (la), Z is a hydrazine or a single occurrence alkyl group or a single occurrence nitro group, and is reacted with a compound of formula (VII): Hlg^SOYRj (VII) wherein Hlg is Chloro or bromo, Y and Ri are as described above in formula (la) or reacted with a compound of formula (VIII): HlgCH2S〇2YRl (VIII) wherein Hlg is a chloro or bromo group, and Y and Ri are as defined above ( The compound of formula (la) is prepared as described in la), and then the salt and/or hydrate and/or solvate of formula (la)-116-200838865 (10) is selectively formed. 5. A method of preparing a compound of formula (lb), X 、s 、Y-Rl (lb) 其中 X 示 SO、so2 ; Φ Y示選自(CH2)n、ΝΗ、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或烷基; • R i爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 . 雜環基; R2爲苯基或芳族雜環基,選擇性經一或多個選自如 下取代基取代:烷基、烷氧基、三氟甲基、胺基、烷胺 基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、 ® 酶基胺基、氰基、氟基、氯基、溴基、羥基、甲基磺醯 基, 藉由在作爲溶劑之二甲基甲醯胺中甲氧化鈉的存在 - 下’式(XI)化合物:X, s, Y-Rl (lb) wherein X represents SO, so2; Φ Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, hydrazine, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is Η or alkyl; R i is a selective substituted alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a heterocyclic group; R 2 is a phenyl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and is optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of : alkyl, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, ® amide, cyanide a compound of the formula (XI): a fluoro group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a hydroxy group, a methylsulfonyl group, by the presence of sodium methoxide in the dimethylformamide as a solvent. CN S -117- (XI) 200838865 (11) 與式(VII)化合物反應: HlgCH2SOYRi (VII) 其中Hlg爲氯基或溴基,γ及Ri係如上式(lb)中所 述,或者 與式(VIII)化合物反應: HlgCH2S02YRi (VIII)CN S -117- (XI) 200838865 (11) Reaction with a compound of the formula (VII): HlgCH2SOYRi (VII) wherein Hlg is a chloro group or a bromo group, and γ and Ri are as described in the above formula (lb), or VIII) Compound Reaction: HlgCH2S02YRi (VIII) 其中Hlg爲氯基或溴基,Y及Ri係如上式(lb)中所 述,以及 使所製得式(IV)化合物:Wherein Hlg is a chloro or bromo group, Y and Ri are as described above in the formula (lb), and the compound of the formula (IV) is prepared: 其中Ri係如上式(lb)中所述,Where Ri is as described in the above formula (lb), 與乙腈中之溴化銅(Π)及亞硝酸第三丁酯反應;以及 在溶劑中於鹼及觸媒之存在下,使所製得式(V)化合 BrReaction with copper bromide (ruthenium) and butyl nitrite in acetonitrile; and compounding of formula (V) in the presence of a base and a catalyst in a solvent 其中Ri係如上式(lb)中所述, 與式(IX)化合物反應: -118- (12) 200838865 R2-B(OH)2 (IX) 其中R2係如上式(lb)中所述, 製得式(I b)化合物,及之後選擇性地形成式(I b )化合 物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物 。 6. —種製備式(1〇化合物的方法:Wherein Ri is reacted with a compound of formula (IX) as described above in formula (lb): -118- (12) 200838865 R2-B(OH)2 (IX) wherein R2 is as described above in formula (lb) Compounds of formula (Ib) are obtained, and thereafter salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the compounds of formula (Ib) are selectively formed. 6. A method for preparing a compound (1〇 compound: 其中 X 示 S02 ; Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或烷基; Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; R2爲NR3R4,其中r3及R4係獨立地選自氫及選擇性 經取代烷基之基團,或R3及R4與所連接之N原子一起 形成選擇性經取代C5_7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原 子, 藉由式(V)化合物: BrWherein X represents S02; Y represents a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is Η or alkyl; Ri is a selective substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, benzene a group, a biphenyl group, a heterocyclic group; R2 is NR3R4, wherein r3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a selectively substituted alkyl group, or R3 and R4 together with the attached N atom form a selective Substituting a C5_7 heterocyclic group containing one or more heteroatoms, by a compound of formula (V): Br -119- (V) (13) 200838865 其中Ri係如上式(Ic)中所述, 與式(XVI)化合物反應: HNR3R4 (XVI) 其中R3及R4係如上式(Ic)中所述, 製得式(Ic)化合物,及之後選擇性地形成式(Ic)化合 物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物 。 7. —種製備式(Id)化合物之方法:-119- (V) (13) 200838865 wherein Ri is reacted with a compound of formula (XVI) as described above in formula (Ic): HNR3R4 (XVI) wherein R3 and R4 are as described above for formula (Ic), Compounds of formula (Ic), and subsequent salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the compounds of formula (Ic) are selectively formed. 7. A method of preparing a compound of formula (Id): 其中 X 示 S Ο 2 ; Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數;Wherein X represents S Ο 2 ; Y represents a group selected from (CH 2 ) n, NH, NHCH 2 ; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ爲Η或烷基; R!爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; R2爲NH-CO-NR3R4基’其中R5及r6係獨立地選自 氫或選擇性經取代烷基之基團’或R3及r4與所連接之 N原子一起形成選擇性經取代C%7雜環基,其包含一或 多個雜原子, 藉由在光氣或三光氣及鹼之存在下,式(IV)化合物: -120- 200838865 (14)Ζ is hydrazine or alkyl; R! is optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, heterocyclic; R2 is NH-CO-NR3R4 based 'wherein R5 and r6 are independently selected from Hydrogen or a selectively substituted alkyl group ' or R3 and r4 together with the attached N atom form a selectively substituted C. 7 heterocyclyl group containing one or more heteroatoms, by phosgene or Compound of formula (IV) in the presence of triphosgene and a base: -120- 200838865 (14) 其中R i係如上式(I d)中所述, 與式(XIII)化合物反應: HNR3R4 (XIII)Wherein R i is reacted with a compound of formula (XIII) as described above in formula (I d): HNR3R4 (XIII) 其中R3及R4係如上式(Id)中所述, 製得式(Id)化合物,及之後選擇性形成式(Id)化合物 之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物 。 8 . —種製備式(I e)化合物:Wherein R3 and R4 are as described in the above formula (Id), and a compound of the formula (Id) is obtained, and then a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the compound of the formula (Id) is selectively formed. 8. Preparation of a compound of formula (Ie): X示選自SO、S02之基團; Y示選自 (CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲胺基、烷磺醯胺基、鹵素; R:爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; R2爲苯基,選擇性經烷基或鹵素取代; 藉由式(la)化合物'· -121 - 200838865 (15)X is a group selected from SO, S02; Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer of 0 to 1; hydrazine is an amine group, alkanesulfonylamino group, halogen; Is optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, heterocyclic; R 2 is phenyl, optionally substituted by alkyl or halogen; by compound of formula (la) '· -121 - 200838865 (15) 其中 X示選自so、so2之基團;Wherein X is a group selected from the group consisting of so and so2; Y不選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; ζ爲硝基; 爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基 雜環基;Y is not selected from the group of (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; hydrazine is a nitro group; is a substituted alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group ; R2爲苯基’選擇性經院基或鹵素取代, 與適當還原劑反應,製得式(Ie)化合物R2 is a phenyl group selectively substituted by a hospital group or a halogen, and reacted with a suitable reducing agent to prepare a compound of the formula (Ie) Ri及R2係如上式(Ie)所Ri and R2 are as above (Ie) 及之後選擇性地形成所製得胺基衍生物之鹽類及/或 水合物及/或溶劑化物,或 a.選擇性地使所製得式(Ie)胺基衍生物(其中ζ爲 胺基;X、Y、η、R i及R2係如上式(I e)所述)與亞硝酸鈉 於鹽酸及碘化銅(I)或氯化銅(I)或溴化銅(I)或四氟硼酸鈉 之存在下反應,製得式(Ie)化合物(其中Z爲鹵素·,χ、 Υ、η、Ri及R2係如上式(le)所述),及之後選擇性地形 成所製得式(Ie)鹵素衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑 -122- 200838865 (16) 化物,或 b·選擇性地使所製得式(Ie)胺基衍生物(其中Z爲 胺基;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ie)所述)與烷基磺醯 氯衍生物反應,製得式(Ie)化合物(其中Z爲烷磺醯胺 基;又、丫、11、111及112係如上式(16)所述),及之後選擇 性地形成所製得式(Ie)烷磺醯胺基衍生物之鹽類及/或水合 物及/或溶劑化物 。And optionally forming a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the obtained amine derivative, or a. selectively producing an amine derivative of the formula (Ie) wherein the oxime is an amine a group; X, Y, η, R i and R 2 are as defined in the above formula (I e)) with sodium nitrite in hydrochloric acid and copper (I) iodide or copper (I) chloride or copper (I) bromide or The reaction is carried out in the presence of sodium tetrafluoroborate to obtain a compound of the formula (Ie) wherein Z is a halogen, χ, Υ, η, Ri and R2 are as defined in the above formula (le), and then selectively formed. A salt of the halogen derivative of the formula (Ie) and/or a hydrate and/or a solvent -122-200838865 (16), or b. optionally an amine derivative of the formula (Ie) (wherein Z Is an amine group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are reacted with an alkylsulfonium chloride derivative as described above in the formula (Ie) to obtain a compound of the formula (Ie) wherein Z is an alkanesulfonylamino group; And hydrazine, 11, 111 and 112 are as defined in the above formula (16), and then selectively form salts and/or hydrates and/or solvents of the obtained alkanesulfonylamino derivative of the formula (Ie). Compound. 9 · 一種製備式(I f)化合物之方法:9 · A method of preparing a compound of formula (I f): X \ Y-R! (If) 其中 X 示 so2 ; Y不選自 (CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲胺基、烷磺醯胺基、鹵素; Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基、或NH4基,其 中R3及R4係獨立地選自氫或選擇性經取代烷基之基團, 或R3及R4與所連接之N原子一起形成選擇性經取代Q 7雜環基,其包含〜或多個雜原子, 藉由式(V)化合物: -123- (17) 200838865X \ YR! (If) where X is a so2; Y is not selected from the group of (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is an amine group, alkanesulfonylamino group, halogen; Is optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, heterocyclic; R 2 is a selective substituted phenyl, heterocyclic, or NH4 group, wherein R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen Or a group optionally substituted with an alkyl group, or R3 and R4 together with the N atom to which they are attached form a selectively substituted Q7 heterocyclic group containing ~ or more heteroatoms, by a compound of formula (V): -123- (17) 200838865 其中Ri及Y係如上述式(If)中所述, 與適當氧化劑反應,及使所製得式(乂)之N-氧化物1行1 生物:Wherein Ri and Y are reacted with an appropriate oxidizing agent as described in the above formula (If), and the N-oxide of the formula (乂) is produced as a line 1 organism: BrBr 其中Ri及Y係如上述式(If)中所述, 與硝酸於乙酸中之水溶液反應,之後使所製得式(XI) 硝基衍生物:Wherein Ri and Y are reacted with an aqueous solution of nitric acid in acetic acid as described in the above formula (If), and then the nitro derivative of the formula (XI) is prepared: 其中Ri及Y係如上述式(If)中所述, 與適當還原劑反應,及使所製得式(ΧΠ)胺基衍生 -124- 200838865 ο 其中R1及γ係如上述式(I f)中所述, a· 與式(IX)化合物在鹼及觸媒之存在下於溶劑中反Wherein Ri and Y are reacted with a suitable reducing agent as described in the above formula (If), and the resulting amine derivative is derived from -124 to 200838865. wherein R1 and γ are as defined in the above formula (I f) Said, a · with the compound of formula (IX) in the presence of a base and a catalyst in the solvent (XII) R2-B(OH)2 (IX) 其中R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,製得式(If)化 合物(其中Z爲胺基;R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環 基,Y及Ri係如上述式(If)中所述),及之後選擇性地形 成所製得式(I f)胺基衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑 化物,及 (i) 選擇性地,使所製得式(If)胺基衍生物(其中Z 爲胺基;R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,γ及R1係如 上述式(If)中所述)與亞硝酸鈉於鹽酸及碘化銅(I)或氯化 銅⑴或溴化銅(I)或四氟硼酸鈉之存在下反應,製得式(If) 化合物(其中z爲鹵素;R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環 基’ Y及Ri係如上述式(If)中所述),及之後選擇性地形 成所製得式(If)鹵素衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑 化物,或 (ii) 選擇性地,使所製得式(If)胺基衍生物(其中Z 爲胺基;R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,Y及Ri係如 上述式(If)中所述)與烷磺醯基氯衍生物反應,製得式(If) -125- (19) (19)200838865 化合物,及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(If)烷磺醯胺基 衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物,或 b.與式(XIII)化合物於7〇-200°C下反應: NHR3R4 (XIII) 其中R3及R4係如上述式(If)中所述’製得式(If)化 合物(其中Z爲胺基;Y、Ri及爲NR3R4基之R2係如上 述式(If)中所述),及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(If)胺基 衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物,或 (i) 選擇性地,使所製得式(If)胺基衍生物(其中Z 爲胺基;Y、I及爲NR3R4基之R2係如上述式(If)中所述) 與亞銷酸鈉於鹽酸及碘化銅(I)或氯化銅(I)或溴化銅(I)或 四氟硼酸鈉之存在下反應,製得式(〗f)化合物(其中z爲 鹵素;Y、R1及爲NR3R4基之R2係如上述式(If)中所 述),及之後選擇性地形成式(If)鹵素衍生物之鹽類及/或 水合物及/或溶劑化物,或 (ii) 選擇性地,使所製得胺基衍生物(其中Z爲胺 基;Y、Ri及爲NR3R4基之R2係如上述式(If)中所述)與 烷磺醯基氯衍生物反應,製得式(If)化合物(其中Z烷磺 醯胺基;Y、Ri及爲NR3R4基之R2係如上述式(If)中所 述),及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(If)烷磺醯胺基衍生 物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物。 10. —種製備式(Ig)化合物之方法: -126- (20) 200838865(XII) R2-B(OH)2 (IX) wherein R2 is a selectively substituted phenyl group or a heterocyclic group, a compound of the formula (If) is obtained (wherein Z is an amine group; and R2 is a selective substituted phenyl group, a heterocyclic group, Y and Ri are as described in the above formula (If), and thereafter selectively form a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the obtained amine derivative of the formula (I f). And (i) selectively producing an amine derivative of the formula (If) wherein Z is an amine group; R 2 is a selective substituted phenyl group, a heterocyclic group, and γ and R 1 are as defined above (If The compound of the formula (If) is prepared by reacting sodium nitrite with hydrochloric acid and copper (I) or copper (I) chloride or copper (I) bromide or sodium tetrafluoroborate. Is a halogen; R 2 is a selectively substituted phenyl group, a heterocyclic group 'Y and Ri are as described in the above formula (If)), and then selectively forms a salt of the halogen derivative of the obtained formula (If) And/or a hydrate and/or a solvate, or (ii) optionally, an amine derivative of the formula (If) wherein Z is an amine group; R 2 is a selective substituted phenyl group, a heterocyclic group , Y and Ri are as above (If The compound of the formula (If) -125-(19) (19)200838865 is prepared by reacting with an alkanesulfonyl chloride derivative, and then selectively forming the obtained alkane sulfonamide of the formula (If) a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the base derivative, or b. reacted with a compound of the formula (XIII) at 7 to 200 ° C: NHR3R4 (XIII) wherein R3 and R4 are as defined above (If The compound of the formula (If) wherein Z is an amine group; Y, Ri and the R 2 group of the NR 3 R 4 group are as described in the above formula (If), and then selectively form the obtained formula (If) a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of an amine derivative, or (i) optionally, an amine derivative of the formula (If) (wherein Z is an amine group; Y, I and R2 of the NR3R4 group are as described in the above formula (If)) and sodium piniumate in hydrochloric acid and copper (I) or copper (I) chloride or copper (I) bromide or tetrafluoroboric acid. The reaction is carried out in the presence of sodium to obtain a compound of the formula (jf) (wherein z is a halogen; Y, R1 and the R2 of the NR3R4 group are as described in the above formula (If)), and then selectively form a formula (If Salts and/or water of halogen derivatives And/or solvate, or (ii) optionally, the amine derivative (wherein Z is an amine group; Y, Ri and the R2 group of the NR3R4 group are as described in the above formula (If)) Reacting with an alkanesulfonyl chloride derivative to obtain a compound of the formula (If) (wherein the Z alkanesulfonylamino group; Y, Ri and the R 2 group which is a NR 3 R 4 group are as described in the above formula (If)), and thereafter Salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the alkanesulfonylamino derivative of the formula (If) obtained are formed sexually. 10. A method of preparing a compound of formula (Ig): -126- (20) 200838865 X 示 so2 ; Y示選自 (CH2)n、ΝΗ、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數;X represents so2; Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, hydrazine, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1: Ζ爲胺基、溴基、氯基、碘基、甲氧基、單-或二烷 胺基; Rl爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,或 NR3R4基,其中r3及r4係獨立地選自氫或選擇性經 取代烷基之基團,或R3及r4與所連接之N原子一起形 成選擇性經取代C5_7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原子, 藉由式(X)化合物: BrΖ is an amine group, a bromo group, a chloro group, an iodine group, a methoxy group, a mono- or dialkylamino group; R 1 is a selectively substituted alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a heterocyclic group; R2 is a selectively substituted phenyl, heterocyclic, or NR3R4 group, wherein r3 and r4 are independently selected from a hydrogen or a selectively substituted alkyl group, or R3 and r4 are taken together with the attached N atom. Optionally substituted C5_7 heterocyclyl containing one or more heteroatoms by a compound of formula (X): Br 其中Ri及丫係如上述式(Ig)中所述, 與式(IX)化合物於溶劑中在鹼及觸媒之存在下反應,: RrB(OH)2 (IX) -127- (21) 200838865 其中R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基, 製得式(XIV)化合物:Wherein Ri and lanthanide are reacted with a compound of the formula (IX) in a solvent in the presence of a base and a catalyst as described in the above formula (Ig): RrB(OH)2(IX)-127-(21) 200838865 Wherein R 2 is a selective substituted phenyl or heterocyclic group, and a compound of the formula (XIV) is obtained: (XIV)(XIV) 其中R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,Ri及Y係 如上述式(I g )化合物中所述,或 與(XIII)化合物反應: NHR3R4 (XIII) 其中R3及R4係如上述式(Ig)中所述, 製得式(XIV)化合物,其中R2爲NhR4基,其中R3 及IU係獨立地選自氫或選擇性經取代院基之基團,或R3 及R4與所連接之N原子一起形成選擇性經取代c5_7雜 環基,其包含一或多個雜原子;以及 式(XIV)化合物,其中R!、R2及γ係如上述式(Ig) 中所述,與三氟乙酸酐於溶劑中反應,製得式(χν)化合 物··Wherein R 2 is a selective substituted phenyl group or a heterocyclic group, and Ri and Y are as described in the above formula (I g ) or reacted with a compound of (XIII): NHR3R4 (XIII) wherein R 3 and R 4 are as defined above (Ig), wherein a compound of the formula (XIV) wherein R2 is a NhR4 group, wherein R3 and IU are independently selected from hydrogen or a substituted substituted group, or R3 and R4 are attached thereto The N atoms together form a selectively substituted c5-7 heterocyclic group containing one or more heteroatoms; and a compound of formula (XIV) wherein R!, R2 and γ are as described in formula (Ig) above, and trifluoro Acetic anhydride is reacted in a solvent to obtain a compound of the formula (χν)·· 式(XV)化合物,其中Ri,R2及Υ係如上述式(Ig)中 -128- 200838865 (22) 所述, a·與氧溴化磷(III)反應,製得式(Ig)化合物,其中Z 爲溴基,X、Y、η、L及R2係如上述式(ig)中所述,及之 後選擇性地形成所製得式(Ig)溴衍生物的鹽類及/或水合物 及/或溶劑化物;或 (i)式(Ig)溴衍生物(其中Z爲溴基;X、Y、η、1 及R2係如上述式(Ig)中所述)與氟化鉀於DMSO中反 應,製得式(Ig)化合物(其中Z爲氟基,X、Y、n、Ri及 R2係如上述式(Ig)中所述),及之後選擇性地形成所製得 式(Ig)氟衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物;或 b. 與氧氯化磷(III)反應,製得式(Ig)化合物(其中Z 爲氯基,X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上述式(Ig)中所述),及 之後選擇性地形成所製得式(Ig)氯衍生物之鹽類及/或水合 物及/或溶劑化物;或 (i)式(Ig)氯衍生物(其中Z爲氯基;X、Y、η、Ri 及R2係如上述式(Ig)中所述)與氟化鉀於DMSO中反 應,製得式(Ig)化合物(其中Z爲氟基,X、Y、η、Ri及 R2係如上述式(Ig)中所述),及之後選擇性地形成所製得 式(Ig)氟衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物;或 c. 與碘甲烷於碳酸銀之存在下於溶劑中反應,製得 式(Ig)化合物,其中Z爲甲氧基’ X、Y、η、Ri及R2係 如上述式(Ig)中所述,及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(Ig) 甲氧基衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物;或 d. 與三氟甲烷磺酸酐於溶劑中反應,然後與氨或單- -129- 200838865 (23) 及二烷胺反應,製得式(Ig)化合物,其中Z分別爲胺基或 單烷胺基或二烷胺基,x、Y、η、R!及r2係如上述式(Ig) 中所述,及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(Ig)甲氧基衍生物 之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物。 11. 一種製備式(Ih)化合物之方法:a compound of the formula (XV), wherein Ri, R2 and a lanthanide are as described in the above formula (Ig) -128-200838865 (22), a· is reacted with phosphorus (III) oxybromide to obtain a compound of the formula (Ig), Wherein Z is a bromo group, and X, Y, η, L and R2 are as described in the above formula (ig), and thereafter selectively form salts and/or hydrates of the obtained bromine derivative of the formula (Ig). And/or a solvate; or (i) a bromine derivative of the formula (Ig) (wherein Z is a bromo group; X, Y, η, 1 and R2 are as described in the above formula (Ig)) and potassium fluoride in DMSO In the reaction, a compound of the formula (Ig) wherein Z is a fluorine group, X, Y, n, Ri and R2 are as described in the above formula (Ig), and then selectively formed (Ig) are obtained. a salt of a fluorine derivative and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate; or b. reacting with phosphorus (III) oxychloride to obtain a compound of the formula (Ig) wherein Z is a chloro group, X, Y, η And Ri and R2 are as described in the above formula (Ig)), and thereafter selectively form a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the obtained chlorine derivative of the formula (Ig); or (i) a chlorine derivative of the formula (Ig) wherein Z is a chloro group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 is reacted with potassium fluoride in DMSO according to the above formula (Ig) to obtain a compound of the formula (Ig) (wherein Z is a fluorine group, and X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as defined above (Ig) And optionally forming a salt and/or hydrate and/or solvate of the obtained fluorine derivative of the formula (Ig); or c. in the presence of methyl iodide in the presence of silver carbonate in the solvent In the reaction, a compound of the formula (Ig) wherein Z is a methoxy group, X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described in the above formula (Ig), and then selectively formed (Ig) a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of a methoxy derivative; or d. reacting with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in a solvent, and then with ammonia or mono--129-200838865 (23) and dioxane By amine reaction, a compound of the formula (Ig) wherein Z is an amine group or a monoalkylamino group or a dialkylamine group, and x, Y, η, R, and r2 are as described in the above formula (Ig), and Thereafter, salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the obtained methoxy derivative of the formula (Ig) are selectively formed. 11. A method of preparing a compound of formula (Ih): N〆Y—R|N〆Y-R| (Ih) 其中 X 示 so2 ; Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲胺基、羥基、溴基、氯基、氟基、甲氧基、單_ 或二烷胺基; R!爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,或 NR3R4基’其中R3及R4係獨立地選自氫或選擇性經 取代院基之基團’或R3及r4與所連接之N原子一起形 成選擇性經取代雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原子, 藉由式(XIV)化合物: -130- (24) (24)200838865(Ih) wherein X represents so2; Y represents a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is an amine group, a hydroxyl group, a bromo group, a chloro group, a fluorine group, a methoxy group a mono-, mono- or dialkylamino group; R! is an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, heterocyclic; R2 is a selective substituted phenyl, heterocyclic, or NR3R4 a group wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen or a selectively substituted group' or R3 and r4 together with the attached N atom form a selectively substituted heterocyclic group containing one or more Atom, by compound of formula (XIV): -130- (24) (24)200838865 a. 與氧氯化磷(III)或五氯化磷反應,製得式(Ih)化合 物,其中Z爲氯基,X、Y、n、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中 所述,或 b. 與氧溴化磷(III)反應,製得式(Ih)化合物,其中Z 爲氯基,乂、¥、11、111及化2係如上式(11〇中所述’及之後 選擇性地形成所製得式(Ih)氯基或溴基衍生物之鹽類及/或 水合物及/或溶劑化物,其中Z爲氯基或溴基;X、Y、 η、I及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述);或 (i) 式(Ih)氯基或溴基衍生物(其中Z爲氯基或溴 基;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述)與氟化鉀 於DMSO中反應,製得式(Ih)化合物(其中Z爲氟基, X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述),及之後選擇性 地形成所製得式(Ih)氟基衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或 溶劑化物;或 (ii) 式(Ih)氯基或溴基衍生物(其中Z爲氯基或溴 基;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述)與甲氧化 鈉於甲醇中反應,製得式(Ih)化合物(其中Z爲甲氧基, X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述),及之後選擇性 地形成所製得式(Ih)甲氧基衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/ -131 - 200838865 (25) 或溶劑化物,或 (iii)式(Ih)氯基或溴基衍生物(其中Z爲氯基或溴 基;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述)與乙酸鈉 於乙酸中反應,製得式(Ih)化合物(其中Z爲羥基,X、 Y、η、R!及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述),及之後選擇性地形 成所製得式(Ih)羥基衍生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑 化物,或 (iv) 式(Ih)氯基或溴基衍生物(其中Z爲氯基或溴 基;X、Y、n、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述)與三氟甲 烷磺酸酐於溶劑中反應,然後與氨或單-及二烷胺反應, 製得式(I h )化合物(其中Z爲分別爲胺基或單院胺基或二 烷胺基,X、Y、η、I及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述)’及之 後選擇性地形成所製得式(Ih)甲氧基衍生物之鹽類及/或水 合物及/或溶劑化物,其中Z分別爲胺基或單烷胺基或二 烷胺基;或 (v) 式(Ih)氯基或溴基衍生物(其中Z爲氯基或溴 基;X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述)與疊氮化 鈉於DMF及水中反應,製得式(Ih)化合物(其中Z爲疊 氮基,X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上式(Ih)中所述),然後使 所製得疊氮基衍生物與硼氫化鈉於溶劑中反應’製得式 (Ih)化合物(其中Z爲胺基,X、Y、η、Ri及R2係如上 式(Ih)中所述),及之後選擇性地形成所製得式(Ih)胺基衍 生物之鹽類及/或水合物及/或溶劑化物 。 1 2. —種藥學組成物,其包括治療上有效量之式(1) -132- 200838865 (26) 化合物:a reaction with phosphorus (III) oxychloride or phosphorus pentachloride to obtain a compound of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a chloro group, and X, Y, n, Ri and R 2 are as described above in the formula (Ih), Or b. reacting with phosphorus (III) oxybromide to obtain a compound of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a chloro group, hydrazine, ¥, 11, 111 and 2 are as described above in the formula (11) and thereafter Salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the obtained (Ih) chloro or bromo derivatives, wherein Z is a chloro or bromo group; X, Y, η, I and R2 are formed sexually. Or (i) a chloro or bromo derivative of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a chloro or bromo group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as defined above (Ih) Said) reacting with potassium fluoride in DMSO to obtain a compound of formula (Ih) wherein Z is a fluoro group, X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described above in formula (Ih), and thereafter selected To form a salt and/or a hydrate and/or a solvate of the obtained fluorine-based derivative of the formula (Ih); or (ii) a chloro or bromo derivative of the formula (Ih) (wherein Z is a chloro group or a bromo group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih) and sodium methoxide The reaction is carried out in methanol to obtain a compound of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a methoxy group, X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih), and then selectively forms the obtained formula ( Ih) a salt and/or a hydrate of a methoxy derivative and/or a solvate, or (iii) a chloro or bromo derivative of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a chloro group or a bromo group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are reacted as described above in the formula (Ih) with sodium acetate in acetic acid to obtain a compound of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is a hydroxyl group, X, Y, η, R And R2 are as described in the above formula (Ih)), and then selectively form salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the obtained hydroxy derivative of the formula (Ih), or (iv) Ih) a chloro or bromo derivative (wherein Z is a chloro or bromo group; X, Y, n, Ri and R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih)) and trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride are reacted in a solvent, and then Reaction with ammonia or mono- and dialkylamine to obtain a compound of the formula (I h ) wherein Z is an amine group or a single compound amine or a dialkylamine group, and X, Y, η, I and R 2 are as defined above. (Ih) as described in 'and after selectivity Forming the salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of the methoxy derivatives of the formula (Ih) obtained, wherein Z is an amine group or a monoalkylamino group or a dialkylamino group, respectively; or (v) Ih) a chloro or bromo derivative (wherein Z is a chloro or bromo group; X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih)) and reacted with sodium azide in DMF and water. A compound of the formula (Ih) wherein Z is an azide group, X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as defined in the above formula (Ih), and then the obtained azido derivative and sodium borohydride are used in a solvent The intermediate reaction 'produces a compound of the formula (Ih) (wherein Z is an amine group, X, Y, η, Ri and R2 are as described above in the formula (Ih)), and then selectively forms the obtained formula (Ih) Salts and/or hydrates and/or solvates of amine derivatives. 1 2. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the formula (1) -132- 200838865 (26) compound: 其中 X示選自SO、S02之基團; Y示選自 (CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或單次出現之烷基、硝基、鹵素、烷氧基、三 氟甲基、氰基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷 胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、羥基、烷磺醯胺基; R!爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,或 NR3R4基,其中R3及R4係獨立地選自氫及選擇性經 取代烷基之基團,或R3及R4與所連接之N原子一起形 成選擇性經取代C5_7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原子, 或 NH-CO-NR5R6基,其中以5及R6係獨立地選自氫及選 擇性經取代烷基之基團,或R5及R6與所連接之N原子 一起形成選擇性經取代C5_7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜 原子:及/或其水合物及/或溶劑化物及/或其與酸或鹼形成 之藥學上可接受鹽類, 以及一或多種生理上可接受稀釋劑、賦形劑及/或惰 -133- (27) (27)200838865 性載劑。 1 3 .如申請專利範圍第1 2項之藥學組成物,其用於 預防及/或治療mGluRl及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症。 14· 一種下式(I)化合物用於製造用於治療及/或預防 mGluRl及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症之藥物的用途,Wherein X is a group selected from the group consisting of SO and S02; Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is a fluorene or a single occurrence of an alkyl group, a nitro group, Halogen, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, hydroxy, alkanesulfonamide R; is optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, heterocyclic; R2 is a selective substituted phenyl, heterocyclic, or NR3R4 group, wherein R3 and R4 are independent a group selected from hydrogen and a selectively substituted alkyl group, or R3 and R4 together with the attached N atom form a selectively substituted C5_7 heterocyclic group containing one or more heteroatoms, or NH-CO- a NR5R6 group, wherein 5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a selectively substituted alkyl group, or R5 and R6 together with the attached N atom form a selectively substituted C5_7 heterocyclic group, which comprises one or a plurality of heteroatoms: and/or hydrates and/or solvates thereof and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof formed with an acid or a base, and one or more physiologically acceptable dilutions , Excipients and / or inert -133- (27) (27) 200 838 865 of the carrier. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 12, which is for use in the prevention and/or treatment of disorders of the mGluR1 and mGluR5 receptor mediators. 14. Use of a compound of the following formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders of the mGluR1 and mGluR5 receptor mediators, X示選自SO、S02之基團; Y示選自 (CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或單次出現之烷基、硝基、鹵素、烷氧基、三 氟甲基、氰基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷 胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、羥基、烷磺醯胺基; Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雜環基; R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,或 NR^4基’其中R3及R4係獨立地選自氫及選擇性經 取代院基之基團,或R3及r4與所連接之N原子一起形 成選擇性經取代C5_7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原子, 或 NH-CO-NRsFU基,其中尺5及r6係獨立地選自氫及選 擇性經取代院基之基團,或Rs及R6與所連接之n原子 -134- 200838865 (28) 一起形成選擇性經取代Cs_7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜 原子; 及/或其水合物及/或溶劑化物及/或其與酸或鹼形成之 藥學上可接受鹽類。 15·如申請專利範圍第14項之用途,其中mGluR1 及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症爲精神失調症。X is a group selected from SO, S02; Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is a fluorene or a single occurrence alkyl, nitro, halogen , alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl, hydroxy, alkanesulfonylamino Ri is a selectively substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, heterocyclic group; R2 is a selective substituted phenyl group, a heterocyclic group, or an NR^4 group, wherein R3 and R4 are independent a group selected from hydrogen and a selectively substituted group, or R3 and r4 together with the attached N atom form a selectively substituted C5_7 heterocyclic group containing one or more heteroatoms, or NH-CO- NRsFU group, wherein the ulmen 5 and r6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a selectively substituted group, or Rs and R6 together with the attached n atom -134-200838865 (28) form a selective substituted Cs_7 a cyclic group comprising one or more heteroatoms; and/or a hydrate thereof and/or a solvate thereof and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof formed with an acid or a base. 15. The use of the fourth aspect of the patent application, wherein the disorder of the mGluR1 and mGluR5 receptor mediators is a mental disorder. 16.如申請專利範圍第14項之用途,其中mGluR1 及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症爲神經失調症。 17,如申iff專利範圍第14項之用途,其中mGluRl 及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症爲慢性及急性疼痛。 18·如申請專利範圍第14項之用途,其中mGluRl 及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症爲下尿路神經肌肉官能障 礙及胃腸失調症。 19. 一種預防及/或治療mGluRl及mGluR5 受體媒 介之失調症的藥學組成物,其用於需要此種預防及/或治 療之哺乳動物,其包括治療上有效量之式(I)化合物:16. The use of claim 14 wherein the disorders of the mGluRl and mGluR5 receptor mediators are neurological disorders. 17, the use of claim 14 of the scope of the patent, wherein the disorders of the mGluRl and mGluR5 receptor mediators are chronic and acute pain. 18. The use of the fourth aspect of the patent application, wherein the mGluRl and mGluR5 receptor mediator disorders are lower urinary tract neuromuscular dysfunction and gastrointestinal disorders. A pharmaceutical composition for preventing and/or treating a disorder of mGluR1 and mGluR5 receptor media for use in a mammal in need of such prevention and/or treatment comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I): 其中 X示選自so、so2之基團; Y示選自(CH2)n、NH、NHCH2之基團; η爲0至1之整數; Ζ爲Η或單次出現之烷基、硝基、鹵素、烷氧基、三 -135- 200838865 (29) 氟甲基、氰基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、胺基甲基、烷 胺基甲基、二烷胺基甲基、羥基、烷磺醯胺基; Ri爲選擇性經取代烷基、環烷基、苯基、聯苯基、 雑環基; R2爲選擇性經取代苯基、雜環基,或 nr3r4基,其中r3及r4係獨立地選自氫及選擇性經 取代烷基之基團,或r3及r4與所連接之N原子一起形 φ 成選擇性經取代c5_7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜原子, 或 NH-CO-NR5R6基,其中尺5及R6係獨立地選自氫及選 擇性經取代烷基之基團,或R5及R6與所連接之N原子 一起形成選擇性經取代C5_7雜環基,其包含一或多個雜 原子; 及/或其水合物及/或溶劑化物及/或其與酸或鹼形成之 藥學上可接受鹽類。 • 20·如申請專利範圍第19項之藥學組成物,其中該 哺乳動物爲人類。 2 1.如申請專利範圍第1 9項之藥學組成物,其中 mGURl及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症爲精神失調症。 4 22.如申請專利範圍第1 9項之藥學組成物,其中 “ mGluRl及mGlnR5受體媒介之失調症爲神經失調症。 2 3.如申請專利範圍第1 9項之藥學組成物,其中 mGluRl及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症爲慢性及急性疼痛 失調症。 -136- 200838865 (30) 24.如申請專利範圍第1 9項之藥學組成物,其中 mGluRl及mGluR5受體媒介之失調症爲下尿路神經肌肉 官能障礙及胃腸失調症。Wherein X is a group selected from the group consisting of so and so2; Y is a group selected from (CH2)n, NH, NHCH2; η is an integer from 0 to 1; Ζ is a fluorene or a single occurrence of an alkyl group, a nitro group, Halogen, alkoxy, tri-135- 200838865 (29) fluoromethyl, cyano, amine, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminomethyl, alkylaminomethyl, dialkylaminomethyl , hydroxy, alkanesulfonylamino; Ri is a selective substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, anthracenyl; R 2 is a selective substituted phenyl, heterocyclic, or nr3r4, Wherein r3 and r4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a selectively substituted alkyl group, or r3 and r4 are taken together with the attached N atom to form a selectively substituted c5-7 heterocyclic group, which comprises one or more a hetero atom, or a NH-CO-NR5R6 group, wherein the quaternary 5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a selectively substituted alkyl group, or R5 and R6 together with the attached N atom form a selective substituted C5_7 A heterocyclic group containing one or more heteroatoms; and/or a hydrate thereof and/or a solvate thereof and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof formed with an acid or a base. 20. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 19, wherein the mammal is a human. 2 1. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 19, wherein the disorder of the mGUR1 and mGluR5 receptor vectors is a mental disorder. 4 22. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 19, wherein "the disorder of the mGluRl and mGlnR5 receptor vectors is a neurological disorder. 2 3. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 19, wherein mGluRl And the disorder of the mGluR5 receptor vector is a chronic and acute pain disorder. -136- 200838865 (30) 24. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 19, wherein the mGluRl and mGluR5 receptor mediators are under the disorder Urinary tract neuromuscular dysfunction and gastrointestinal disorders. 137- 200838865 七、指定代表圖: (一) 、本案指定代表圖為:無 (二) 、本代表圖之元件代表符號簡單說明:無137- 200838865 VII. Designation of the representative representative: (1) The representative representative of the case is: None (2) The symbol of the representative figure of this representative figure is simple: None , 八、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學 式=式(I)8. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please reveal the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention = formula (I) X \ Y—R!X \ Y-R!
TW096109178A 2005-12-20 2007-03-16 New thieno [2,3-b] pyridine compounds TW200838865A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
HU0501171A HU0501171D0 (en) 2005-12-20 2005-12-20 New compounds
PCT/HU2006/000123 WO2007072095A1 (en) 2005-12-20 2006-12-19 New compounds

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200838865A true TW200838865A (en) 2008-10-01

Family

ID=89986471

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW096109178A TW200838865A (en) 2005-12-20 2007-03-16 New thieno [2,3-b] pyridine compounds

Country Status (5)

Country Link
CN (1) CN101341152A (en)
HU (1) HU0501171D0 (en)
TN (1) TNSN08222A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200838865A (en)
ZA (1) ZA200805293B (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101341152A (en) 2009-01-07
ZA200805293B (en) 2009-04-29
TNSN08222A1 (en) 2009-10-30
HU0501171D0 (en) 2006-02-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1963337B1 (en) THIENO[2,3-b]PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES
RU2685234C1 (en) Condensed bicyclic heteroaromatic derivatives as modulators of tnf activity
ES2718813T3 (en) Pyridylaminoacetic acid compound
JP5201817B2 (en) Pharmaceutical composition
US20110130384A1 (en) Amide compound
TWI557110B (en) Arylsulfonyl pyrazoline carboxamidine derivatives as 5-ht6 antagonists
US7547779B2 (en) Preparation of 1,6-disubstituted azabenzimidazoles as kinase inhibitors
JP2008525500A (en) Thienopyrimidine derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
EP2804855B1 (en) Benzoheterocyclic compounds and use thereof
CN111819172A (en) Triazine derivatives for the treatment of neurotrophin-related disorders
JP2007516162A (en) Thienopyridone derivatives as kinase inhibitors
JP2009520014A (en) Quinoline derivatives useful for the treatment of mGluR5 receptor-mediated disorders
JP7170996B2 (en) Sulfonamide derivatives or pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof
JP2012523393A (en) Indane derivatives
KR101532101B1 (en) Sulfonyl-Quinoline derivatives
TW202132304A (en) Adenosine receptor antagonist compounds
TW200838865A (en) New thieno [2,3-b] pyridine compounds
US20110184014A1 (en) New compounds
CN117043162A (en) TYK2 selective inhibitors and uses thereof
US20090149495A1 (en) Compounds
WO2005100355A1 (en) Cyclic amine compound
US8063220B2 (en) Sulfonyl-quinoline derivatives
MX2008008202A (en) New compounds
TW202237609A (en) Prevention and/or treatment of cns disorders
JP2023503470A (en) Aryl and heteroaryl compounds and their therapeutic use in conditions associated with altered activity of galactocerebrosidase